Annual Statements Open main menu

CVB FINANCIAL CORP - Annual Report: 2011 (Form 10-K)

Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

For the transition period from N/A to N/A

Commission file number 1-10140

 

 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

California   95-3629339
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

701 N. Haven Avenue, Suite 350

Ontario, California

  91764
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (909) 980-4030

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, no par value   NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer     x    Accelerated filer     ¨
Non-accelerated filer     ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of June 30, 2011, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $830,627,042.

Number of shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding as of February 15, 2012: 104,609,518.

 

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE      PART OF   

Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders which will be filed

within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

     Part III of Form 10-K   

 

 

 


Table of Contents

CVB FINANCIAL CORP.

2011 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  PART I   

ITEM 1.

  BUSINESS      3   

ITEM 1A.

  RISK FACTORS      18   

ITEM 1B.

  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS      28   

ITEM 2.

  PROPERTIES      28   

ITEM 3.

  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS      28   

ITEM 4.

  RESERVED      29   
  PART II   

ITEM 5.

  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES      30   

ITEM 6.

  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA      32   

ITEM 7.

  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND THE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS      33   
  GENERAL      33   
  OVERVIEW      33   
  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES      35   
  ANALYSIS OF THE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS      39   
  RESULTS BY SEGMENT OPERATIONS      48   
  ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION      52   
  RISK MANAGEMENT      69   

ITEM 7A.

  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK      81   

ITEM 8.

  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA      82   

ITEM 9.

  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE      82   

ITEM 9A.

  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES      82   

ITEM 9B.

  OTHER INFORMATION      84   
  PART III   

ITEM 10.

  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE      85   

ITEM 11.

  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION      85   

ITEM 12.

  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS      85   

ITEM 13.

  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE      86   

ITEM 14.

  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES      86   
  PART IV   

ITEM 15.

  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES      87   


Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements in this report constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Rule 175 promulgated thereunder, Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, Rule 3b-6 promulgated thereunder, or Exchange Act, and as such involve risk and uncertainties. All statements in this Form 10-K other than statements of historical fact are “forward-looking statements” for purposes of federal and state securities laws. These forward-looking statements relate to, among other things, anticipated future operating and financial performance, the allowance for credit losses, our financial position and liquidity, business strategies, regulatory and competitive outlook, investment and expenditure plans, capital and financing needs and availability, plans and objectives of management for future operations, expectations of the environment in which we operate, projections of future performance, perceived opportunities in the market and strategies regarding our mission and vision and statements relating to any of the foregoing.

Words such as “will likely result, “aims”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “could”, “estimates”, “expects”, “hopes”, “intends”, “may”, “plans”, “projects”, “seeks”, “should”, “will” and variations of these words and similar expressions help to identify these forward looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include but are not limited to:

 

   

Local, regional, national and international economic conditions and events and the impact they may have on us and our customers;

 

   

Ability to attract deposits and other sources of liquidity;

 

   

Oversupply of inventory and continued deterioration in values of California real estate, both residential and commercial;

 

   

A prolonged slowdown in construction activity;

 

   

Changes in our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries;

 

   

The effect of any goodwill impairment;

 

   

Accounting adjustments in connection with our acquisition of assets and assumptions of liabilities from San Joaquin Bank;

 

   

The effect of climate change and attendant regulation on our customers and borrowers;

 

   

Our ability to manage the loan portfolio acquired from San Joaquin Bank within the limits of the loss protection provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”);

 

   

Compliance with our agreements with the FDIC with respect to the loans we acquired from San Joaquin Bank and our loss-sharing arrangements with the FDIC;

 

   

Impact of reputational risk on such matters as business generation and retention, funding and liquidity;

 

   

Changes in the financial performance and/or condition of our borrowers;

 

   

Changes in the level of non-performing assets and charge-offs;

 

   

Changes in critical accounting policies and judgments;

 

   

Effects of acquisitions we may make;

 

   

The effect of changes in laws and regulations (including laws and regulations concerning taxes, banking, securities, executive compensation and insurance) with which we and our subsidiaries must comply, including, but not limited to, the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010;

 

1


Table of Contents
   

Changes in estimates of future reserve requirements based upon the periodic review thereof under relevant regulatory and accounting requirements;

 

   

Inflation, interest rate, securities market and monetary fluctuations;

 

   

Cybersecurity breaches of our systems;

 

   

Changes in government interest rate policies;

 

   

Fluctuations of our stock price;

 

   

Political developments or instability;

 

   

Acts of war or terrorism, or natural disasters, such as earthquakes, or the effects of pandemic flu;

 

   

The timely development and acceptance of new banking products and services and perceived overall value of these products and services by users;

 

   

Changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

   

Technological changes;

 

   

The ability to increase market share and control expenses;

 

   

Changes in the competitive environment among financial and bank holding companies and other financial service providers;

 

   

Volatility in the credit and equity markets and its effect on the general economy;

 

   

The effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters;

 

   

Changes in our organization, management, compensation and benefit plans;

 

   

The costs and effects of legal and regulatory developments including the resolution of legal proceedings or regulatory or other governmental inquiries including, but not limited to, the current investigation by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the related class-action lawsuits filed against us, and the results of regulatory examinations or review ; and

 

   

Our success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing items.

For additional information concerning risks we face, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and any additional information we set forth in our periodic reports filed pursuant to the Exchange Act, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We do not undertake any obligation to update our forward-looking statements to reflect occurrences or unanticipated events or circumstances arising after the date of such statements, except as required by law.

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

CVB Financial Corp.

CVB Financial Corp. (referred to herein on an unconsolidated basis as “CVB” and on a consolidated basis as “we” or the “Company”) is a bank holding company incorporated in California on April 27, 1981 and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Bank Holding Company Act”). The Company commenced business on December 30, 1981 when, pursuant to a reorganization, it acquired all of the voting stock of Chino Valley Bank. On March 29, 1996, Chino Valley Bank changed its name to Citizens Business Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is our principal asset. The Company has three other inactive subsidiaries: CVB Ventures, Inc.; Chino Valley Bancorp; and ONB Bancorp. The Company is also the common stockholder of CVB Statutory Trust I, CVB Statutory Trust II, and CVB Statutory Trust III. CVB Statutory Trusts I and II were created in December 2003 and CVB Statutory Trust III was created in January 2006 to issue trust preferred securities in order to raise capital for the Company. A similar entity, FCB Trust II, was acquired by the Company through its acquisition of First Coastal Bancshares (“FCB”) in June, 2007, the subordinated debt issued by FCB Trust II was redeemed by the Company on January 7, 2012, and FCB Trust II was then terminated in connection with this transaction.

CVB’s principal business is to serve as a holding company for the Bank and for other banking or banking related subsidiaries, which the Company may establish or acquire. We have not engaged in any other material activities to date. As a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, CVB’s principal source of funds is, and will continue to be, dividends paid by and other funds advanced from the Bank and capital raised directly by CVB. Legal limitations are imposed on the amount of dividends that may be paid and loans that may be made by the Bank to CVB. See “Item 1. Business — Regulation and Supervision — Dividends.” As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $6.48 billion in total consolidated assets, $3.38 billion in net loans, $4.60 billion in deposits, $509.4 million in customer repurchase agreements, and $448.7 million in borrowings.

On October 16, 2009, we acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all of the liabilities of San Joaquin Bank (“SJB”), headquartered in Bakersfield, California, in an FDIC-assisted transaction. We acquired all five branches of SJB, one of which we consolidated with our existing Bakersfield business financial center. Through this acquisition, we acquired $489.1 million in loans, $25.3 million in investment securities, $530.0 million in deposits, and $121.4 million in borrowings. The foregoing amounts were reflected at fair value as of the acquisition date.

The principal executive offices of CVB and the Bank are located at 701 North Haven Avenue, Suite 350, Ontario, California. Our phone number is (909) 980-4030.

Citizens Business Bank

The Bank commenced operations as a California state-chartered bank on August 9, 1974. The Bank’s deposit accounts are insured under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act up to applicable limits. The Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had $6.47 billion in assets, $3.38 billion in net loans, $4.60 billion in deposits, $509.4 million in customer repurchase agreements, and $448.7 million in borrowings.

As of December 31, 2011, we had 42 Business Financial Centers located in the Inland Empire, Los Angeles County, Orange County and the Central Valley areas of California. Of the 42 Business Financial Centers, we opened 13 as de novo centers and obtained the other 29 in acquisition transactions.

We also have five Commercial Banking Centers, of which four were opened in 2008 and one was opened in 2009. No offices were opened in 2010 or 2011. Although able to take deposits, these centers operate primarily as

 

3


Table of Contents

sales offices and focus on business clients and their principals, professionals, and high net-worth individuals. These centers are located in Encino (in the San Fernando Valley), Los Angeles, Torrance and Burbank. The fifth one, the Inland Empire Commercial Banking Center, is located adjacent to the Ontario Airport Business Financial Center. We also have two trust offices in Ontario and Pasadena. These offices serve as sales offices for wealth management, trust and investment products. In October 2011, we closed a center location in McFarland, California which is located about sixty miles northeast of Bakersfield. We consolidated this location into our Delano Business Financial Center, located about six miles away.

Through our network of banking offices, we emphasize personalized service combined with a full range of banking and trust services for businesses, professionals and individuals located in the service areas of our offices. Although we focus the marketing of our services to small-and medium-sized businesses, a full range of retail banking services are made available to the local consumer market.

We offer a wide range of deposit instruments. These include checking, savings, money market and time certificates of deposit for both business and personal accounts. We also serve as a federal tax depository for our business customers.

We provide a full complement of lending products, including commercial, agribusiness, consumer, real estate loans and equipment and vehicle leasing. Commercial products include lines of credit and other working capital financing, accounts receivable lending and letters of credit. Agribusiness products are loans to finance the operating needs of wholesale dairy farm operations, cattle feeders, livestock raisers, and farmers. We provide lease financing for municipal governments. Financing products for consumers include automobile leasing and financing, lines of credit, and home improvement and home equity lines of credit. Real estate loans include mortgage and construction loans.

We also offer a wide range of specialized services designed for the needs of our commercial accounts. These services include cash management systems for monitoring cash flow, a credit card program for merchants, courier pick-up and delivery, payroll services, remote deposit capture, electronic funds transfers by way of domestic and international wires and automated clearinghouse, and on-line account access. We make available investment products to customers, including mutual funds, a full array of fixed income vehicles and a program to diversify our customers’ funds in federally insured time certificates of deposit of other institutions.

We offer a wide range of financial services and trust services through our CitizensTrust division. These services include fiduciary services, mutual funds, annuities, 401(k) plans and individual investment accounts.

Business Segments

We are a community bank with two reportable operating segments: (i) Business Financial and Commercial Banking Centers (“Centers”) and (ii) Treasury. Our Centers are the focal points for customer sales and services. As such, these Centers comprise the biggest segment of the Company. Our other reportable segment, Treasury manages all of the investments for the Company. All administrative and other smaller operating departments are combined into the “Other” category for reporting purposes. See the sections captioned “Results by Segment Operations” in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 21 — Business Segments in the notes to consolidated financial statements.

Competition

The banking and financial services business is highly competitive. The increasingly competitive environment faced by banks is a result primarily of changes in laws and regulations, changes in technology and product delivery systems, and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial services providers. We compete for loans, deposits, and customers with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, savings banks, securities and brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, finance companies,

 

4


Table of Contents

money market funds, credit unions, and other nonbank financial service providers. Many competitors are much larger in total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets, including foreign-ownership, and/or offer a broader range of financial services.

Regulation and Supervision

General

Our profitability, like most financial institutions, is primarily dependent on interest rate differentials. In general, the difference between the interest rates paid by the Bank on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and other borrowings, and the interest rates received by the Bank on interest-earning assets, such as loans extended to customers and securities held in the investment portfolio, will comprise the major portion of our earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, such as inflation, recession and unemployment, and the impact which future changes in domestic and foreign economic conditions might have on us cannot be predicted.

Our business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies, particularly the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”). The FRB implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) through its open-market operations in U.S. Government securities by adjusting the required level of reserves for depository institutions subject to its reserve requirements, and by varying the target federal funds and discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the FRB in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits and also affect interest earned on interest-earning assets and paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary and fiscal policies on us cannot be predicted.

The Company and the Bank are subject to significant regulation and restrictions by federal and state laws and regulatory agencies. These regulations and restrictions are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the deposit insurance fund, and secondarily for the stability of the U.S. banking system. They are not intended for the benefit of shareholders of financial institutions. The following discussion of statutes and regulations is a summary and does not purport to be complete nor does it address all applicable statutes and regulations. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the statutes and regulations referred to in this discussion. From time to time, federal and state legislation is enacted which may have the effect of materially increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial services providers.

From December 2007 through June 2009, the U.S. economy was in recession. Business activity across a wide range of industries and regions in the U.S. was greatly reduced. Although general economic conditions have somewhat improved, certain sectors, such as real estate, remain weak and unemployment remains high. Local governments and many businesses are still experiencing difficulty due to reduced consumer spending and continued liquidity challenges in the credit markets. In response to this economic downturn and financial industry instability, legislative and regulatory initiatives were, and are expected to continue to be, introduced and implemented, which substantially intensify the regulation of the financial services industry.

We cannot predict whether or when potential legislation or new regulations will be enacted, and if enacted, the effect that new legislation or any implemented regulations and supervisory policies would have on our financial condition and results of operations. Such developments may further alter the structure, regulation, and competitive relationship among financial institutions, and may subject us to increased regulation, disclosure, and reporting requirements. Moreover, the bank regulatory agencies have been very aggressive in the current economic environment in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, and this has resulted in the increased issuance of enforcement actions to financial institutions requiring action to address credit quality, liquidity and risk management and capital adequacy, as well as other safety and soundness concerns.

 

5


Table of Contents

Government Policies, Legislation, and Regulation

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act financial reform legislation (“Dodd-Frank”), which became law on July 21, 2010, significantly revised and expanded the rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority of federal bank regulators. The numerous rules and regulations promulgated under Dodd-Frank are likely to impact our operations and compliance costs. Other legislative and regulatory initiatives which could affect us, and the banking industry in general, are pending. Additional initiatives may be proposed or introduced before Congress, the California legislature, and other governmental bodies in the future. Such proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation, and competitive relationship among financial institutions, and may subject us to increased regulation, disclosure, and reporting requirements. In addition, the various bank regulatory agencies often adopt new rules and regulations and policies to implement and enforce existing legislation. It cannot be predicted whether, or in what form, any such legislation or regulations or changes in policy may be enacted or the extent to which the business of the Bank would be affected thereby.

Dodd-Frank followed the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) in response to the economic downturn and financial industry instability. Dodd-Frank impacts many aspects of the financial industry and, in many cases, will impact larger and smaller financial institutions and community banks differently over time. Dodd-Frank includes the following key provisions affecting the banking industry:

(i) the creation of a Financial Services Oversight Counsel to identify emerging systemic risks and improve interagency cooperation;

(ii) expanded FDIC resolution authority to conduct the orderly liquidation of certain systemically significant non-bank financial companies in addition to depository institutions;

(iii) the establishment of strengthened capital and liquidity requirements for banks and bank holding companies, including minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements no less than the strictest requirements in effect for depository institutions as of the date of enactment;

(iv) the requirement by statute that bank holding companies serve as a source of financial strength for their depository institution subsidiaries;

(v) enhanced regulation of financial markets, including the derivative and securitization markets, and the elimination of certain proprietary trading activities by banks (the “Volcker Rule”);

(vi) the termination of investments by the U.S. Treasury under TARP;

(vii) the elimination and phase out of trust preferred securities (TRUPS) from Tier 1 capital with certain exceptions;

(viii) a permanent increase of the previously implemented temporary increase of FDIC deposit insurance to $250,000 and an extension of federal deposit coverage until January 1, 2013 for the full net amount held by depositors in non-interesting bearing transaction accounts;

(ix) authorization for financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts;

(x) changes in the calculation of FDIC deposit insurance assessments, such that the assessment base will no longer be the institution’s deposit base, but instead, will be its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity;

(xi) the elimination of remaining barriers to de novo interstate branching by banks;

(xii) expanded restrictions on transactions with affiliates and insiders under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and lending limits for derivative transactions, repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transactions;

(xiii) the transfer of oversight of federally chartered thrift institutions to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and state chartered savings banks to the FDIC, and the elimination of the Office of Thrift Supervision;

 

6


Table of Contents

(xiv) provisions that affect corporate governance and executive compensation at most United States publicly traded companies, including financial institutions, including (1) stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation, (2) executive compensation “clawback” requirements for companies listed on national securities exchanges in the event of materially inaccurate statements of earnings, revenues, gains or other criteria, (3) enhanced independence requirements for compensation committee members, and (4) authority for the SEC to adopt proxy access rules which would permit stockholders of publicly traded companies to nominate candidates for election as director and have those nominees included in a company’s proxy statement; and

(xv) the creation of a Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which is authorized to promulgate consumer protection regulations relating to bank and non-bank financial products and examine and enforce these regulations on banks with more than $10 billion in assets.

The federal regulatory agencies are in the process of issuing all of the proposed and certain final rules, studies and reports as required by Dodd-Frank. We cannot predict the extent to which the interpretations and implementation of this wide-ranging federal legislation by regulations and in supervisory policies and practices may affect us. Dodd-Frank is expected to result in more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements on us and may otherwise adversely affect our business. For example, the provisions that affect the payment of interest on demand deposits and interchange fees are likely to increase the costs associated with deposits as well as place limitations on certain revenues those deposits may generate. Provisions that revoke the Tier 1 capital treatment of trust preferred securities and otherwise require revisions to the capital requirements of the Company and the Bank could require the Company and the Bank to seek other sources of capital in the future. As a result of the changes required by Dodd-Frank, the profitability of our business activities may be impacted and we may be required to make changes to certain of our business practices. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

CVB is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act (“BHCA”) and is registered as such with the Federal Reserve Board (“Federal Reserve”). It is also subject to supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve and its authority to:

 

   

Require periodic reports and such additional information as the Federal Reserve may require;

 

   

Require bank holding companies to maintain increased levels of capital (See “Capital Adequacy Requirements” below);

 

   

Require that bank holding companies serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to subsidiary banks and commit resources as necessary to support each subsidiary bank;

 

   

Restrict the ability of bank holding companies to obtain dividends on other distributions from their subsidiary banks;

 

   

Terminate an activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest certain subsidiaries, affiliates or investments if the Federal Reserve believes the activity or the control of the subsidiary or affiliate constitutes a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary;

 

   

Require the prior approval of senior executive officer or director changes and prohibit golden parachute payments, including change in control agreements, or new employment agreements with such payment terms, which are contingent upon termination;

 

   

Regulate provisions of certain bank holding company debt, including the authority to impose interest ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt and require prior approval to purchase or redeem securities in certain situations;

 

7


Table of Contents
   

Approve acquisitions and mergers with banks and consider certain competitive, management, financial or other factors in granting these approvals in addition to similar California or other state banking agency approvals which may also be required.

The Federal Reserve’s view is that in serving as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks, a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding company’s failure to meet its source-of-strength obligations may constitute an unsafe and unsound practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, or both. The source-of-strength doctrine most directly affects bank holding companies where a bank holding company’s subsidiary bank fails to maintain adequate capital levels. In such a situation, the subsidiary bank will be required by the bank’s federal regulator to take “prompt corrective action.” See “Prompt Corrective Action Provisions” below.

Restrictions on Activities

Subject to prior notice or Federal Reserve approval, bank holding companies may generally engage in, or acquire shares of companies engaged in, activities determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Bank holding companies which elect and retain “financial holding company” status pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) may engage in these nonbanking activities and broader securities, insurance, merchant banking and other activities that are determined to be “financial in nature” or are incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature without prior Federal Reserve approval. Pursuant to GLBA and Dodd-Frank, in order to elect and retain financial holding company status, a bank holding company and all depository institution subsidiaries of a bank holding company must be well capitalized and well managed, and, except in limited circumstances, depository subsidiaries must be in satisfactory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), which requires banks to help meet the credit needs of the communities in which they operate. Failure to sustain compliance with these requirements or correct any non-compliance within a fixed time period could lead to divestiture of subsidiary banks or require all activities to conform to those permissible for a bank holding company. CVB has not elected financial holding company status and neither CVB nor the Bank has engaged in any activities determined by the Federal Reserve to be financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature.

CVB is also a bank holding company within the meaning of Section 3700 of the California Financial Code. Therefore, CVB and any of its subsidiaries are subject to examination by, and may be required to file reports with, the California Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”). DFI approvals may also be required for certain mergers and acquisitions.

Securities Exchange Act of 1934

CVB’s common stock is publicly held and listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”), and CVB is subject to the periodic reporting, information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, corporate governance and other requirements and restrictions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) promulgated thereunder as well as listing requirements of NASDAQ.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act

The Company is subject to the accounting oversight and corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including, among other things, required executive certification of financial presentations, requirements for board audit committees and their members, and disclosure of controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.

 

8


Table of Contents

Bank Regulation

As a California commercial bank whose deposits are insured by the FDIC, the Bank is subject to regulation, supervision, and regular examination by the DFI and by the FDIC, as the Bank’s primary Federal regulator, and must additionally comply with certain applicable regulations of the Federal Reserve. Specific federal and state laws and regulations which are applicable to banks regulate, among other things, the scope of their business, their investments, their reserves against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds, their activities relating to dividends, investments, loans, the nature and amount of and collateral for certain loans, borrowings, capital requirements, certain check-clearing activities, branching, and mergers and acquisitions. California banks are also subject to statutes and regulations including Federal Reserve Regulation O and Federal Reserve Act Sections 23A and 23B and Regulation W, which restrict or limit loans or extensions of credit to “insiders”, including officers, directors, and principal shareholders, and loans or extension of credit by banks to affiliates or purchases of assets from affiliates, including parent bank holding companies, except pursuant to certain exceptions and terms and conditions at least as favorable to those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated parties. Dodd-Frank expanded definitions and restrictions on transactions with affiliates and insiders under Section 23A and 23B and also lending limits for derivative transactions, repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transactions

Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDI Act”) and the California Financial Code, California state chartered commercial banks may generally engage in any activity permissible for national banks. Therefore, the Bank may form subsidiaries to engage in the many so-called “closely related to banking” or “nonbanking” activities commonly conducted by national banks in operating subsidiaries or subsidiaries of bank holding companies. Further, pursuant to GLBA, California banks may conduct certain “financial” activities in a subsidiary to the same extent as may a national bank, provided the bank is and remains “well-capitalized,” “well-managed” and in satisfactory compliance with the CRA. The Bank currently has no financial subsidiaries.

Enforcement Authority

The federal and California regulatory structure gives the bank regulatory agencies extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. The regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines to assist in identifying and addressing potential safety and soundness concerns before an institution’s capital becomes impaired. The guidelines establish operational and managerial standards generally relating to: (1) internal controls, information systems, and internal audit systems; (2) loan documentation; (3) credit underwriting; (4) interest-rate exposure; (5) asset growth and asset quality; and (6) compensation, fees, and benefits. Further, the regulatory agencies have adopted safety and soundness guidelines for asset quality and for evaluating and monitoring earnings to ensure that earnings are sufficient for the maintenance of adequate capital and reserves. If, as a result of an examination, the DFI or the FDIC should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of the Bank’s operations are unsatisfactory or that the Bank or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, the DFI and the FDIC, and separately the FDIC as insurer of the Bank’s deposits, have residual authority to:

 

   

Require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice;

 

   

Direct an increase in capital and the maintenance of higher specific minimum capital ratios, which may preclude the Bank from being deemed well capitalized and restrict its ability to accept certain brokered deposits;

 

   

Restrict the Bank’s growth geographically, by products and services, or by mergers and acquisitions, including bidding in FDIC receiverships for failed banks;

 

   

Enter into or issue informal or formal enforcement actions, including required Board resolutions, memoranda of understanding, written agreements and consent or cease and desist orders or prompt corrective action orders to take corrective action and cease unsafe and unsound practices;

 

9


Table of Contents
   

Require prior approval of senior executive officer or director changes; remove officers and directors and assess civil monetary penalties; and

 

   

Take possession of and close and liquidate the Bank or appoint the FDIC as receiver.

Deposit Insurance

The FDIC is an independent federal agency that insures deposits, up to prescribed statutory limits, of federally insured banks and savings institutions and safeguards the safety and soundness of the banking and savings industries. The FDIC insures our customer deposits through the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) up to prescribed limits for each depositor. Pursuant to Dodd-Frank, the maximum deposit insurance amount has been permanently increased to $250,000 and all non-interest-bearing transaction accounts are insured through December 31, 2012. The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each DIF member institution is based on its relative risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory factors. Due to the number of bank failures and losses incurred by DIF in recent years, as well as the recent extraordinary programs in which the FDIC has been involved to support the banking industry generally, the FDIC’s DIF was substantially depleted and the FDIC incurred substantially increased operating costs. In November, 2009, the FDIC adopted a requirement for institutions to prepay in 2009 their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012. The Bank prepaid its assessments based on the calculations of the projected assessments at that time.

As required by Dodd-Frank, the FDIC adopted a DIF restoration plan which became effective on January 1, 2011. Among other things, the plan: (1) raises the minimum designated reserve ratio, which the FDIC is required to set each year, to 1.35 percent (from the former minimum of 1.15 percent) and removes the upper limit on the designated reserve ratio (which was formerly capped at 1.5 percent) and consequently on the size of the fund; (2) requires that the fund reserve ratio reach 1.35 percent by 2020; (3) eliminates the requirement that the FDIC provide dividends from the fund when the reserve ratio is between 1.35 percent and 1.5 percent; and (4) continues the FDIC’s authority to declare dividends when the reserve ratio at the end of a calendar year is at least 1.5 percent, but grants the FDIC sole discretion in determining whether to suspend or limit the declaration or payment of dividends. The FDI Act continues to require that the FDIC’s Board of Directors consider the appropriate level for the designated reserve ratio annually and, if changing the designated reserve ratio, engage in notice-and-comment rulemaking before the beginning of the calendar year. The FDIC has set a long-term goal of getting its reserve ratio up to 2% of insured deposits by 2027. In connection with these changes, we expect our FDIC deposit insurance premiums to increase.

On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule, as mandated by Dodd-Frank, changing the deposit insurance assessment system from one that is based on total domestic deposits to one that is based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. In addition, the final rule creates a scorecard-based assessment system for larger banks (those with more than $10 billion in assets) and suspends dividend payments if the DIF reserve ratio is less than 1.5 percent, but provides for decreasing assessment rates when the DIF reserve ratio reaches certain thresholds. Larger insured depository institutions will likely pay higher assessments to the DIF than under the old system. Additionally, the final rule includes an adjustment for depository institution debt whereby an institution would pay an additional premium equal to 50 basis points on every dollar of long-term, unsecured debt held as an asset that was issued by another insured depository institution (excluding debt guaranteed under the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program) to the extent that all such debt exceeds 3 percent of the issuing insured depository institution’s Tier 1 capital. The new rule became effective for the quarter beginning April 1, 2011.

Our FDIC insurance expense totaled $4.6 million for 2011. FDIC insurance expense includes deposit insurance assessments and Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessments related to outstanding FICO bonds to fund interest payments on bonds to recapitalize the predecessor to the DIF. These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2017. The FICO assessment rates, which are determined quarterly, were 0.01020% of insured deposits for the first quarter of fiscal 2011, 0.01000% for the second and third quarters of 2011 and 0.00680% of insured deposits for the fourth quarter of 2011.

 

10


Table of Contents

We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures or if the FDIC otherwise determines, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels. These announced increases and any future increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material and adverse effect on our earnings and could have a material adverse effect on the value of, or market for, our common stock.

The FDIC may terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices that pose a risk to the DIF or that may prejudice the interest of the bank’s depositors. The termination of deposit insurance for a bank would also result in the revocation of the bank’s charter by the DFI.

Capital Adequacy Requirements

Bank holding companies and banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies. Increased capital requirements are expected as a result of expanded authority set forth in Dodd-Frank and the Basel III international supervisory developments discussed above. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weighting, and other factors. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios significantly exceeded the minimum capital adequacy guideline percentage requirements of the federal banking agencies for “well capitalized” institutions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Capital Resources.”

The current risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies and banks adopted by the federal banking agencies are expected to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets, such as loans, and those recorded as off-balance sheet items, such as commitments, letters of credit and recourse arrangements. The risk-based capital ratio is determined by classifying assets and certain off-balance sheet financial instruments into weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for those categories perceived as representing greater risks and dividing its qualifying capital by its total risk-adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items. Bank holding companies and banks engaged in significant trading activity may also be subject to the market risk capital guidelines and be required to incorporate additional market and interest rate risk components into their risk-based capital standards.

Qualifying capital is classified depending on the type of capital:

 

   

“Tier 1 capital” currently includes common equity and trust preferred securities, subject to certain criteria and quantitative limits. Accordingly, the capital received from trust preferred offerings qualifies as Tier 1 capital, but is subject to the new provisions of Dodd-Frank. Under Dodd-Frank, depository institution holding companies with more than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, will no longer be able to include trust preferred securities as Tier 1 regulatory capital after the end of a 3-year phase-out period beginning 2013, and would need to replace any outstanding trust preferred securities issued prior to May 19, 2010 with qualifying Tier 1 regulatory capital during the phase-out period. For institutions with less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets, existing trust preferred capital will still qualify as Tier 1. Small bank holding companies with less than $500 million in assets could issue new trust preferred which could still qualify as Tier 1; however, the market for any new trust preferred capital raises is uncertain.

 

   

“Tier 2 capital” includes hybrid capital instruments, other qualifying debt instruments, a limited amount of the allowance for credit losses, and a limited amount of unrealized holding gains on equity securities. Following the phase-out period under Dodd-Frank, trust preferred securities will be treated as Tier 2 capital for institutions with more than $15 billion in total consolidated assets.

 

   

“Tier 3 capital” consists of qualifying unsecured debt. The sum of Tier 2 and Tier 3 capital may not exceed the amount of Tier I capital.

 

11


Table of Contents

Under the current capital guidelines, there are three fundamental capital ratios: a total risk-based capital ratio, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and a Tier 1 leverage ratio. To be deemed “well capitalized” a bank must have a total risk-based capital ratio, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least ten percent, six percent and five percent, respectively. There is currently no Tier 1 leverage requirement for a holding company to be deemed well-capitalized. At December 31, 2011, the respective capital ratios of the Company and the Bank exceeded the minimum percentage requirements to be deemed “well-capitalized”. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank’s total risk-based capital ratio was 18.63% and its Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 17.36%. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s total risk-based capital ratio was 19.05% and its Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 17.79%. The federal banking agencies may change existing capital guidelines or adopt new capital guidelines in the future and have required many banks and bank holding companies subject to enforcement actions to maintain capital ratios in excess of the minimum ratios otherwise required to be deemed well capitalized, in which case institutions may no longer be deemed well capitalized and may therefore be subject to restrictions on taking brokered deposits.

The Company and the Bank are also required to maintain a leverage capital ratio designed to supplement the risk-based capital guidelines. Banks and bank holding companies that have received the highest rating of the five categories used by regulators to rate banks and that are not anticipating or experiencing any significant growth must maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital (net of all intangibles) to adjusted total assets of at least 3%. All other institutions are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum, for a minimum of 4% to 5%. Pursuant to federal regulations, banks must maintain capital levels commensurate with the level of risk to which they are exposed, including the volume and severity of problem loans. Federal regulators may, however, set higher capital requirements when a bank’s particular circumstances warrant. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank’s leverage capital ratio was 10.92%, and the Company’s leverage capital ratio was 11.19%, both ratios significantly exceeding regulatory minimums.

Federal Banking Agency Compensation Guidelines

Guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies pursuant to the FDI Act prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. In June 2010, the federal bank regulatory agencies jointly issued additional comprehensive guidance on incentive compensation policies (the “Incentive Compensation Guidance”) intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Incentive Compensation Guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. Any deficiencies in compensation practices that are identified may be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to make acquisitions or perform other actions. The Incentive Compensation Guidance provides that enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements or related risk-management control or governance processes pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

On February 7, 2011, the Board of Directors of the FDIC approved a joint proposed rulemaking to implement Section 956 of Dodd-Frank for banks with $1 billion or more in assets. Section 956 prohibits incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking by covered financial

 

12


Table of Contents

institutions and are deemed to be excessive, or that may lead to material losses. The proposed rule would move the U.S. closer to aspects of international compensation standards by 1) requiring deferral of a substantial portion of incentive compensation for executive officers of particularly large institutions described above; 2) prohibiting incentive-based compensation arrangements for covered persons that would encourage inappropriate risks by providing excessive compensation; 3) prohibiting incentive-based compensation arrangements for covered persons that would expose the institution to inappropriate risks by providing compensation that could lead to a material financial loss; 4) requiring policies and procedures for incentive-based compensation arrangements that are commensurate with the size and complexity of the institution; and 5) requiring annual reports on incentive compensation structures to the institution’s appropriate Federal regulator. A joint rule making proposal will be published for comment by all of the banking agencies and the SEC, among other agencies.

The scope, content and application of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation continue to evolve in the aftermath of the economic downturn. It cannot be determined at this time whether compliance with such policies will adversely affect the ability of the Company and the Bank to hire, retain and motivate key employees.

Basel Accords

The current risk-based capital guidelines which apply to the Company and the Bank are based upon the 1988 capital accord (referred to as “Basel I”) of the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors and regulators from the major industrialized countries. The Basel Committee develops broad policy guidelines for use by each country’s supervisors in determining the supervisory policies they apply. A new framework and accord, referred to as Basel II evolved from 2004 to 2006 out of the efforts to revise capital adequacy standards for internationally active banks. Basel II emphasizes internal assessment of credit, market and operational risk; supervisory assessment and market discipline in determining minimum capital requirements and became mandatory for large or “core” international banks outside the United States in 2008 (total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated foreign exposures of $10 billion or more). Basel II was optional for others, and if adopted, must first be complied with in a “parallel run” for two years along with the existing Basel I standards.

The United States federal banking agencies issued a proposed rule for banking organizations that do not use the “advanced approaches” under Basel II. While this proposed rule generally parallels the relevant approaches under Basel II, it diverges where United States markets have unique characteristics and risk profiles. A definitive final rule has not yet been issued. The United States banking agencies indicated, however, that they would retain the minimum leverage requirement for all United States banks.

In January 2009, the Basel Committee proposed to reconsider regulatory capital standards, supervisory and risk-management requirements and additional disclosures to further strengthen the Basel II framework in response to the worldwide economic downturn. In December 2009, the Basel Committee released two consultative documents proposing significant changes to bank capital, leverage and liquidity requirements to enhance the Basel II framework which had not yet been fully implemented internationally and even less so in the United States. The Group of Twenty Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors (commonly referred to as the G-20), including the United States, endorsed the reform package, referred to as Basel III, and proposed phase in timelines in November, 2010. Basel III provides for increases in the minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio and the minimum requirement for the Tier 1 capital ratio. Basel III additionally includes a “capital conservation buffer” on top of the minimum requirement designed to absorb losses in periods of financial and economic distress; and an additional required countercyclical buffer percentage to be implemented according to a particular nation’s circumstances. These capital requirements are further supplemented under Basel III by a non-risk-based leverage ratio. Basel III also reaffirms the Basel Committee’s intention to introduce higher capital requirements on securitization and trading activities at the end of 2011.

The Basel III liquidity proposals have three main elements: (i) a “liquidity coverage ratio” designed to meet the bank’s liquidity needs over a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario, (ii) a “net stable

 

13


Table of Contents

funding ratio” designed to promote more medium and long-term funding over a one-year time horizon, and (iii) a set of monitoring tools that the Basel Committee indicates should be considered as the minimum types of information that banks should report to supervisors.

Implementation of Basel III in the United States will require regulations and guidelines by United States banking regulators, which may differ in significant ways from the recommendations published by the Basel Committee. It is unclear how United States banking regulators will define “well-capitalized” in their implementation of Basel III and to what extent and when smaller banking organizations in the United States will be subject to these regulations and guidelines. Basel III standards, if adopted, would lead to significantly higher capital requirements, higher capital charges and more restrictive leverage and liquidity ratios. The Basel III standards, if adopted, could lead to significantly higher capital requirements, higher capital charges and more restrictive leverage and liquidity ratios.

Basel III also introduces a non-risk adjusted Tier 1 leverage ratio of 3 percent, based on a measure of total exposure rather than total assets, and new liquidity standards. The new Basel III capital standards will be phased in from January 1, 2013 until January 1, 2019.

United States banking regulators must also implement Basel III in conjunction with the provisions of Dodd-Frank related to increased capital and liquidity requirements. Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and the FDIC to adopt regulations imposing a continuing “floor” of the minimum leverage and Basel I-based capital requirements, as in effect for depository institutions as of the date of enactment, July 21, 2010, in cases where the Basel II-based capital requirements and any changes in capital regulations resulting from Basel III otherwise would permit lower requirements. In December 2010, the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the FDIC issued a joint notice of proposed rulemaking that would implement this requirement.

The regulations ultimately applicable to the Company may be substantially different from the Basel III final framework as published in December 2010. Requirements to maintain higher levels of capital or to maintain higher levels of liquid assets could adversely impact the Company’s net income and return on equity.

Prompt Corrective Action Provisions

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) provides a framework for regulation of depository institutions and their affiliates, including parent holding companies, by their federal banking regulators. Among other things, it requires the relevant federal banking regulator to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards, including requiring the prompt submission of an acceptable capital restoration plan. Supervisory actions by the appropriate federal banking regulator under the prompt corrective action rules generally depend upon an institution’s classification within five capital categories as defined in the regulations. The relevant capital measures are the capital ratio, the Tier 1 capital ratio, and the leverage ratio. However, the federal banking agencies have also adopted non-capital safety and soundness standards to assist examiners in identifying and addressing potential safety and soundness concerns before capital becomes impaired. These include operational and managerial standards relating to: (i) internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, (ii) loan documentation, (iii) credit underwriting, (iv) asset quality and growth, (v) earnings, (vi) risk management, and (vii) compensation and benefits.

A depository institution’s capital tier under the prompt corrective action regulations will depend upon how its capital levels compare with various relevant capital measures and the other factors established by the regulations. A bank will be: (i) “well capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and is not subject to any order or written directive by any such regulatory authority to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of

 

14


Table of Contents

8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and is not “well capitalized” (iii) “undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%; (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if the institution’s tangible equity is equal to or less than 2.0% of average quarterly tangible assets. An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters.

The FDIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be “undercapitalized.” “Undercapitalized” institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The regulatory agencies may not accept such a plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. The bank holding company must also provide appropriate assurances of performance. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5.0% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized and (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized,” requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

The appropriate federal banking agency may, under certain circumstances, reclassify a well capitalized insured depository institution as adequately capitalized. The FDIA provides that an institution may be reclassified if the appropriate federal banking agency determines (after notice and opportunity for a hearing) that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or deems the institution to be engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice. The appropriate agency is also permitted to require an adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution to comply with the supervisory provisions as if the institution were in the next lower category (but not treat a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized) based on supervisory information other than the capital levels of the institution.

Dividends

It is the Federal Reserve’s policy that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. It is also the Federal Reserve’s policy that bank holding companies should not maintain dividend levels that undermine their ability to be a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. Additionally, in consideration of the current financial and economic environment, the Federal Reserve has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong.

The Bank is a legal entity that is separate and distinct from its holding company. CVB receives income through dividends paid by the Bank. Subject to the regulatory restrictions which currently further restrict the ability of the Bank to declare and pay dividends, future cash dividends by the Bank will depend upon management’s assessment of future capital requirements, contractual restrictions, and other factors.

 

15


Table of Contents

The powers of the board of directors of the Bank to declare a cash dividend to CVB is subject to California law, which restricts the amount available for cash dividends to the lesser of a bank’s retained earnings or net income for its last three fiscal years (less any distributions to shareholders made during such period). Where the above test is not met, cash dividends may still be paid, with the prior approval of the DFI in an amount not exceeding the greatest of (1) retained earnings of the bank; (2) the net income of the bank for its last fiscal year; or (3) the net income of the bank for its current fiscal year.

Operations and Consumer Compliance Laws

The Bank must comply with numerous federal anti-money laundering and consumer protection statutes and implementing regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (effective 2013), the CRA, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the National Flood Insurance Act and various federal and state privacy protection laws. Noncompliance with these laws could subject the Bank to lawsuits and could also result in administrative penalties, including, fines and reimbursements. The Bank and the Company are also subject to federal and state laws prohibiting unfair or fraudulent business practices, untrue or misleading advertising and unfair competition.

These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure and reporting requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans, and providing other services. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations can subject the Bank to various penalties, including but not limited to enforcement actions, injunctions, fines or criminal penalties, punitive damages to consumers, and the loss of certain contractual rights.

Dodd-Frank provides for the creation of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection as an independent entity within the Federal Reserve. This bureau is a new regulatory agency for United States banks. It has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services, including deposit products, residential mortgages, home-equity loans and credit cards, and contains provisions on mortgage-related matters such as steering incentives, determinations as to a borrower’s ability to repay and prepayment penalties. The bureau’s functions include investigating consumer complaints, conducting market research, rulemaking, supervising and examining banks consumer transactions, and enforcing rules related to consumer financial products and services. Banks with less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance by their primary federal banking agency.

Regulation of Non-bank Subsidiaries

Non-bank subsidiaries are subject to additional or separate regulation and supervision by other state, federal and self-regulatory bodies.

Employees

At February 15, 2012, we employed 811 persons, 578 on a full-time and 233 on a part-time basis. We believe that our employee relations are satisfactory.

Available Information

Reports filed with the SEC include our proxy statements, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. These reports and other information on file can be inspected and copied on official business days between 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. at the public reference facilities of the SEC on file at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C., 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains the

 

16


Table of Contents

reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file with them. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. The Company also maintains an Internet website at http://www.cbbank.com. We make available, free of charge through our website, our Proxy Statement, Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and current Report on Form 8-K, and any amendment there to, as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such reports with the SEC. None of the information contained in or hyperlinked from our website is incorporated into this Form 10-K.

Executive Officers of the Company

The following sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers as of February 15, 2012:

Executive Officers:

 

Name

  

Position

  

Age

Christopher D. Myers

   President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank    49

Richard C. Thomas

   Chief Financial Officer of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank    63

James F. Dowd

   Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank    59

David A. Brager

   Executive Vice President and Sales Division Manager of the Bank    44

David C. Harvey

   Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Bank    44

Mr. Myers assumed the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank on August 1, 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Myers served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Mellon First Business Bank from 2004 to 2006. From 1996 to 2003, Mr. Myers held several management positions with Mellon First Business Bank, including Executive Vice President, Regional Vice President, and Vice President/Group Manager.

Mr. Thomas assumed the position of Chief Financial Officer of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank on March 1, 2011. Mr. Thomas initially joined the Bank as an Executive Vice President Finance and Accounting on December 13, 2010. Previously, Mr. Thomas served as Chief Risk Officer of Community Bank. From 1987 to 2009, he was an audit partner of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

Mr. Dowd assumed the position of Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank on June 30, 2008. From 2006 to 2008, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer for Mellon First Business Bank. From 1991 to 2006, Mr. Dowd held several management positions with City National Bank, including Senior Vice President and Manager of Special Assets, Deputy Chief Credit Officer, and Interim Chief Credit Officer.

Mr. Brager assumed the position of Executive Vice President and Sales Division Manager of the Bank on November 22, 2010. From 2007 to 2010, he served as Senior Vice President and Regional Manager of the Central Valley Region for the Bank. From 2003 to 2007, he served as Senior Vice President and Manager of the Fresno Business Financial Center for the Bank. From 1997 to 2003, Mr. Brager held management positions with Westamerica Bank.

Mr. Harvey assumed the position of Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Bank on December 31, 2009. From 2000 to 2008, he served as Senior Vice President and Operations Manager at Bank of the West. From 2008 to 2009 he served as Executive Vice President and Commercial and Treasury Services Manager at Bank of the West.

 

17


Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results — Together with the other information on the risks we face and our management of risk contained in this Annual Report or in our other SEC filings, the following presents significant risks which may affect us. Events or circumstances arising from one or more of these risks could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects and the value and price of our common stock could decline. The risks identified below are not intended to be a comprehensive list of all risks we face and additional risks that we may currently view as not material may also impair our business operations and results.

Risk Relating to Recent Economic Conditions and Government Response Efforts

Difficult economic and market conditions have adversely affected our industry

After suffering sharp declines over the past several years, the pace of housing price declines has appeared to slow more recently, although existing delinquencies and foreclosures continue to create overhang. This in turn has negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage and construction loans and resulted in significant write-downs of assets by many financial institutions. In addition, while there are signs that general economic conditions, including the employment markets, have started to show improvement, such signs remain tentative, and compared to prior periods of growth, most areas and industries continue to experience reduced availability of commercial credit and high unemployment. This in turn has negatively impacted the credit performance of commercial and consumer credit, resulting in additional write-downs. Concerns over the stability of the financial markets and the economy have resulted in decreased lending by financial institutions to their customers and to each other. These economic conditions and tightening of credit has led to increased commercial and consumer deficiencies, lack of customer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and businesses and the lack of confidence in the economy and financial markets may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial institutions industry. In particular, we may face the following risks in connection with these events, or any downward turn in the economy:

 

   

We face increased regulation of our industry as demonstrated by the adoption of Dodd-Frank. Compliance with such regulations may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.

 

   

The process we use to estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic conditions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. The level of uncertainty concerning economic conditions may adversely affect the accuracy of our estimates which may, in turn, impact the reliability of the process.

 

   

The Company’s commercial, residential and consumer borrowers may be unable to make timely repayments of their loans, or the decrease in value of real estate collateral securing the payment of such loans could result in significant credit losses, increasing delinquencies, foreclosures and customer bankruptcies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results.

 

   

The value of the portfolio of investment securities that we hold may be adversely affected by increasing interest rates and defaults by debtors.

 

   

Further disruptions in the capital markets or other events, including actions by rating agencies and deteriorating investor expectations, may result in difficulty in accessing capital or an inability to borrow on favorable terms or at all from other financial institutions.

 

   

Increased competition among financial services companies due to the recent consolidation of certain competing financial institutions and the conversion of certain investments banks to bank holding companies may adversely affect the Company’s ability to market its products and services.

 

18


Table of Contents
   

We are subject to cybersecurity risks and may incur increasing costs in an effort to minimize those risks and to respond to cyber incidents. In certain cases, we are responsible for protecting customers’ proprietary information as well as their accounts with us. We have security measures and processes in place to defend against these cybersecurity risks but these cyber attacks are rapidly evolving and we may not be able to anticipate or prevent all such attacks. Any compromise of our security could result in a violation of privacy or other laws, significant legal and financial exposure, damage to our reputation, and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could harm our business.

If economic conditions do not significantly improve, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Legislative and regulatory initiatives to address difficult market and economic conditions may not stabilize the U.S. banking system. Future legislation and regulations may be adopted which could result in a comprehensive overhaul of the U.S. banking system. There can be no assurance, however, as to the actual impact that legislation and regulations will have on the financial markets, including the extreme levels of volatility and limited credit availability currently being experienced. The failure of legislation and regulations to help stabilize the financial markets and a continuation or worsening of current financial market conditions could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and access to credit or the value of our securities.

U.S. and international financial markets and economic conditions could adversely affect our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition

As described in “Business — Economic Conditions, Government Policies, Legislation and Regulation”, turmoil and downward economic trends have been particularly acute in the financial sector. Although the Company and the Bank remain well capitalized and have not suffered any significant liquidity issues as a result of these events, the cost and availability of funds may be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and the demand for our products and services may decline as our borrowers and customers continue to realize the impact of an economic slowdown, previous recession and ongoing high unemployment rates. In view of the concentration of our operations and the collateral securing our loan portfolio in Central and Southern California, we may be particularly susceptible to adverse economic conditions in the state of California, where our business is concentrated. In addition, adverse economic conditions may exacerbate our exposure to credit risk and adversely affect the ability of borrowers to perform under the terms of their lending arrangements with us.

Adverse conditions in the U.S. and international markets and economy may adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition, results or operations and profitability.

We may be required to make additional provisions for credit losses and charge off additional loans in the future, which could adversely affect our results of operations

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded a $7.1 million provision for credit losses, charged off $20.5 million, and had net recoveries of $2.2 million. There has been a significant slowdown in the real estate markets in portions of Los Angeles, Riverside, San Bernardino and Orange counties, and the Central Valley area of California where a majority of our loan customers are based. This slowdown reflects declining prices in real estate, excess inventories of homes and increasing vacancies in commercial and industrial properties, all of which have contributed to financial strain on real estate developers and suppliers. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board and other government officials have expressed concerns about banks’ concentration in commercial real estate lending and the ability of commercial real estate borrowers to perform pursuant to the terms of their loans. As of December 31, 2011, we had $2.17 billion in commercial real estate loans, $94.8 million in construction loans and $179.7 million in single family residential mortgages. Although there are signs that the U.S. economy is now appearing to emerge from recession, deterioration in the real estate market, and in particular the commercial real estate market, could affect the ability of our loan customers to service their debt. This which could result in loan charge-offs and provisions for credit losses in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, net income and capital.

 

19


Table of Contents

Volatility in commodity prices may adversely affect our results of operations.

As of December 31, 2011, approximately ten percent (10.5%) of our gross loan portfolio was comprised of dairy, livestock and agribusiness loans. Recent volatility in certain commodity prices, including milk prices, could adversely impact the ability of those to whom we have made dairy and livestock loans to perform under the terms of their borrowing arrangements with us. In addition, certain grains are being diverted from the food chain into the production of ethanol which is causing the price of feed stocks for dairies to remain high, therefore putting pressure on margins of milk sales and cash flows. These situations, as well as others, could result in additional loan charge-offs and provisions for credit losses in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, net income and capital.

Risks Related to Our Market and Business

Our allowance for credit losses may not be appropriate to cover actual losses

A significant source of risk arises from the possibility that we could sustain losses because borrowers, guarantors, and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans and leases. The underwriting and credit monitoring policies and procedures that we have adopted to address this risk may not prevent unexpected losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We maintain an allowance for credit losses to provide for loan and lease defaults and non-performance. The allowance is also appropriately increased for new loan growth. While we believe that our allowance for credit losses is appropriate to cover inherent losses, we cannot assure you that we will not increase the allowance for credit losses further or that regulators will not require us to increase this allowance.

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity due to a market downturn or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to acquire deposits or borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a severe disruption of the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole.

The actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions could affect our ability to engage in routine funding transactions.

Financial service institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to different industries and counterparties, and execute transactions with various counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual funds, and other institutional clients. Defaults by financial services institutions, even rumors or questions about one or more financial institutions or the financial services industry in general, could lead to market wide liquidity problems and further, could lead to losses or defaults by the Company or other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of its counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may increase when the collateral held by it cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due to us. Any such losses could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our interest expense may increase following the repeal of the federal prohibition on payment of interest on demand deposits

The federal prohibition on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts was repealed as part of Dodd-Frank. As a result, beginning on July 21, 2011, financial institutions could

 

20


Table of Contents

commence offering interest on demand deposits to compete for clients. While the Company has not yet incurred significant deposit costs as a result of this repeal, it is possible that our interest expense will increase and our net interest margin will decrease if the Bank begins offering interest on demand deposits to attract additional customers or maintain current customers. This could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, net income and results of operations.

Our loan portfolio is predominantly secured by real estate and thus we have a higher degree of risk from a downturn in our real estate markets

A further downturn in our real estate markets could hurt our business because many of our loans are secured by real estate. Real estate values and real estate markets are generally affected by changes in national, regional or local economic conditions, fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loans to potential purchasers, changes in tax laws and other governmental statutes, regulations and policies and acts of nature, such as earthquakes and national disasters particular to California. Substantially all of our real estate collateral is located in California. If real estate values, including values of land held for development, continue to decline, the value of real estate collateral securing our loans could be significantly reduced. Our ability to recover on defaulted loans by foreclosing and selling the real estate collateral would then be diminished and we would be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans. Commercial real estate loans typically involve large balances to single borrowers or group of related borrowers. Since payments on these loans are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, as well as the business and financial condition of the borrower, repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market, adverse economic conditions or changes in applicable government regulations.

Additional risks associated with our construction loan portfolio include failure of contractors to complete construction on a timely basis or at all, market deterioration during construction, cost overruns and failure to sell or lease the security underlying the construction loans so as to generate the cash flow anticipated by our borrower. Continued declines in real estate values, coupled with the current economic downturn and an associated increase in unemployment, may result in higher than expected loan delinquencies or problem assets, a decline in demand for our products and services, or a lack of growth or decrease in deposits, which may cause us to incur losses, adversely affect our capital or hurt our business.

We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we take title

In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. While we will take steps to mitigate this risk, we may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean-up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

We may experience goodwill impairment

If our estimates of segment fair value change due to changes in our businesses or other factors, we may determine that impairment charges on goodwill recorded as a result of acquisitions are necessary. Estimates of fair value are determined based on a complex model using cash flows, the fair value of our Company as determined by our stock price, and company comparisons. If management’s estimates of future cash flows are inaccurate, fair value determined could be inaccurate and impairment may not be recognized in a timely manner. If the fair value of the Company declines, we may need to recognize goodwill impairment in the future which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and capital levels.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect our financial performance

A substantial portion of our income is derived from the differential or “spread” between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Because of the differences in the maturities and repricing characteristics of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, changes in interest rates do not produce equivalent changes in interest income earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. At December 31, 2011 our balance sheet was slightly liability sensitive and, as a result, our net interest margin tends to decline in a rising interest rate environment and expand in a declining interest rate environment. Accordingly, fluctuations in interest rates could adversely affect our interest rate spread and, in turn, our profitability. In addition, loan origination volumes are affected by market interest rates. Rising interest rates, generally, are associated with a lower volume of loan originations while lower interest rates are usually associated with higher loan originations. Conversely, in rising interest rate environments, loan repayment rates may decline and in falling interest rate environments, loan repayment rates may increase. In addition, in a rising interest rate environment, we may need to accelerate the pace of rate increases on our deposit accounts as compared to the pace of future increases in short-term market rates. Accordingly, changes in levels of market interest rates could materially and adversely affect our net interest spread, asset quality and loan origination volume.

We are subject to extensive government regulation that could limit or restrict our activities, which, in turn, may hamper our ability to increase our assets and earnings

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities and are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules, regulations and supervisory guidance and policies applicable to us are subject to regular modification and change. Perennially various laws, rules and regulations are proposed, which, if adopted, could impact our operations by making compliance much more difficult or expensive, restricting our ability to originate or sell loans or further restricting the amount of interest or other charges or fees earned on loans or other products.

Additional requirements imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act could adversely affect us.

Recent government efforts to strengthen the U.S. financial system have resulted in the imposition of additional regulatory requirements, including expansive financial services regulatory reform legislation. Dodd-Frank sets out sweeping regulatory changes. Changes imposed by Dodd-Frank include, among others: (i) new requirements on banking, derivative and investment activities, including modified capital requirements, the repeal of the prohibition on the payment of interest on business demand accounts, and debit card interchange fee requirements; (ii) corporate governance and executive compensation requirements; (iii) enhanced financial institution safety and soundness regulations, including increases in assessment fees and deposit insurance coverage; and (iv) the establishment of new regulatory bodies, such as the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection. Certain provisions are effective immediately; however, much of the Financial Reform Act is subject to further rulemaking and/or studies. As such, while we are subject to the legislation, we cannot fully assess the impact of Dodd-Frank until more final rules are implemented.

Current and future legal and regulatory requirements, restrictions and regulations, including those imposed under Dodd-Frank, may adversely impact our profitability and may have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, may require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes required by the legislation and accompanying rules and may make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and employees.

The FDIC’s restoration plan and the related increased assessment rate could adversely affect our earnings.

As a result of a series of financial institution failures and other market developments, the deposit insurance fund, or DIF, of the FDIC has been significantly depleted and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits.

 

22


Table of Contents

As a result of recent economic conditions and the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has increased the deposit insurance assessment rates and thus raised deposit premiums for insured depository institutions. If these increases are insufficient for the DIF to meet its funding requirements, further special assessments or increases in deposit insurance premiums may be required which we may be required to pay. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels. Any future additional assessments, increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums may materially adversely affect our results of operations.

The impact of the new Basel III capital standards will likely impose enhanced capital adequacy standards on us.

On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee, announced agreement on the calibration and phase-in arrangements for a strengthened set of capital requirements, known as Basel III, which were approved in November 2010 by the G20 leadership. Basel III increases the minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio to 4.5%, net of regulatory deductions, and introduces a capital conservation buffer of an additional 2.5% of common equity to risk-weighted assets, raising the target minimum common equity ratio to 7%. Basel III increases the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio to 8.5% inclusive of the capital conservation buffer, increases the minimum total capital ratio to 10.5% inclusive of the capital buffer and introduces a countercyclical capital buffer of up to 2.5% of common equity or other fully loss absorbing capital for periods of excess credit growth. Basel III also introduces a non-risk adjusted Tier 1 leverage ratio of 3%, based on a measure of total exposure rather than total assets, and new liquidity standards. The Basel III capital and liquidity standards will be phased in over a multi-year period. The Federal Reserve will likely implement changes to the capital adequacy standards applicable to us and the Bank which will increase our capital requirements and compliance costs.

Failure to manage our growth may adversely affect our performance

Our financial performance and profitability depend on our ability to manage past and possible future growth. Future acquisitions and our continued growth may present operating, integration and other issues that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We could be liable for breaches of security in our online banking services. Fear of security breaches (including cybersecurity breaches) could limit the growth of our online services

We offer various internet-based services to our clients, including online banking services. The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet is essential to maintain our clients’ confidence in our online services. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect client transaction data. In addition, individuals may seek to intentionally disrupt our online banking services or compromise the confidentiality of customer information with criminal intent. Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to prevent security breaches and periodically test our security, failure to mitigate breaches of security could adversely affect our ability to offer and grow our online services, result in costly litigation and loss of customer relationships, negatively impact the Bank’s reputation, and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our controls and procedures could fail or be circumvented

Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, but not absolute, assurances of the effectiveness of these systems and controls, and that the objectives of these controls have been met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures, and any failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

23


Table of Contents

We may engage in FDIC-assisted transactions, which could present additional risks to our business

On October 16, 2009, we acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all of the liabilities of San Joaquin Bank from the FDIC. We may have opportunities to acquire the assets and liabilities of additional failed banks in FDIC-assisted transactions. Although these FDIC-assisted transactions typically provide for FDIC assistance to an acquirer to mitigate certain risks, such as sharing exposure to loan losses and providing indemnification against certain liabilities of the failed institution, we are (and would be in future transactions) subject to many of the same risks we would face in acquiring another bank in a negotiated transaction, including risks associated with maintaining customer relationships and failure to realize the anticipated acquisition benefits in the amounts and within the timeframes we expect. In addition, because these acquisitions are structured in a manner that would not allow us the time and access to information normally associated with preparing for and evaluating a negotiated acquisition, we may face additional risks in FDIC-assisted transactions, including additional strain on management resources, management of problem loans, problems related to integration of personnel and operating systems and impact to our capital resources requiring us to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with FDIC-assisted transactions. Although we have entered into a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC in connection with our acquisition of loans from San Joaquin Bank, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to adequately manage the loan portfolio within the limits of the loss protections provided by the FDIC from the San Joaquin Bank acquisition or any other FDIC-assisted acquisition we may make. Our inability to overcome these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and net income.

Income that we recognized and continue to recognize in connection with our 2009 FDIC-assisted San Joaquin Bank acquisition may be non-recurring or finite in duration

Through the acquisition of San Joaquin Bank, we acquired approximately $673.1 million of assets and assumed $660.9 million of liabilities. The San Joaquin Bank acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and we recorded an after-tax bargain purchase gain totaling $12.3 million as a result of the acquisition. This gain was included as a component of other operating income on our statement of earnings for 2009. The amount of the gain was equal to the amount by which the fair value of assets purchased exceeded the fair value of liabilities. The bargain purchase gain resulting from the acquisition was a one-time gain that is not expected to be repeated in future periods.

In addition, the loans that we acquired from San Joaquin Bank were acquired at a $199.8 million discount. Approximately $197.7 million of this discount represents the non accretable discount and $2.1 million of the discount represents the adjustment for the differences between current market interest rates and the contractual interest rates on the acquired loans. The accretable discount is amortized and accreted to interest income on a monthly basis, in accordance with ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. However, as these loans are paid-off, charged-off, sold, or transferred to OREO, the income from the discount accretion is reduced. As the acquired loans are removed from our books, the related discount will no longer be available for accretion into income. During 2009, no accelerated accretion on loans was recorded in interest income. During 2011 and 2010, $12.6 million and $26.7 million in accelerated accretion were recorded in interest income. As of December 31, 2011, the balance of the carrying value of our discount on loans was $50.8 million, which has decreased by $64.0 million from its carrying value of $114.8 million as of December 31, 2010, by $133.6 million from its carrying value of $184.4 million as of December 31, 2009 and by $149.0 million from its initial value of $199.8 million. The reduction in the discount from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 was primarily due to $36.6 million in loan charge-offs and $12.6 million in accelerated accretion. The reduction in the discount from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 is primarily due to $42.2 million in loan charge-offs and $26.7 million in accelerated accretion. The reduction in discount from the initial value to December 31, 2009 was primarily due to $15.1 million in loan charge-offs. We expect the continued reduction of discount accretion recorded as interest income in future quarters, especially related to accelerated accretion.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our decisions regarding the fair value of assets acquired, including the FDIC loss sharing assets, could be different than initially estimated, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.

We acquired significant portfolios of loans in the San Joaquin Bank acquisition. Although these loans were marked down to their estimated fair value, there is no assurance that the acquired loans will not suffer further deterioration in value resulting in additional charge-offs. The fluctuations in national, regional and local economic conditions, including those related to local residential, commercial real estate and construction markets, may increase the level of charge-offs in the loan portfolio that we acquired from San Joaquin Bank and correspondingly reduce our net income. These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled and may have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition, even if other favorable events occur.

Although we have entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC which provide that a significant portion of losses related to the assets acquired from San Joaquin Bank will be borne by the FDIC, we are not protected for all losses resulting from charge-offs with respect to those assets. Additionally, the loss sharing agreements have limited terms. Therefore, any charge-off of related losses that we experience after the term of the loss sharing agreements will not be reimbursed by the FDIC and will negatively impact our net income.

Our ability to obtain reimbursement under the loss sharing agreement on covered assets depends on our compliance with the terms of the loss sharing agreement.

We must certify to the FDIC on a quarterly basis our compliance with the terms of the FDIC loss sharing agreement as a prerequisite to obtaining reimbursement from the FDIC for realized losses on covered assets. The required terms of the agreement are extensive and failure to comply with any of the guidelines could result in a specific asset or group of assets permanently losing their loss sharing coverage. As of December 31, 2011, $262.5 million, or 4.1%, of our assets were covered by the FDIC loss sharing agreement. No assurances can be given that we will manage the covered assets in such a way as to always maintain loss share coverage on all such assets.

We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking services

We conduct most of our operations in California. The banking and financial services businesses in California are highly competitive and increased competition in our primary market area may adversely impact the level of our loans and deposits. Ultimately, we may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. These competitors include national banks, regional banks and other community banks. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. In particular, our competitors include major financial companies whose greater resources may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to offer products at lower costs, maintain numerous locations, and mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns. Areas of competition include interest rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain loan and deposit customers and a range in quality of products and services provided, including new technology driven products and services. If we are unable to attract and retain banking customers, we may be unable to continue our loan growth and level of deposits.

We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology from third-party service providers, and we may suffer an interruption in those systems

We rely heavily on third-party service providers for much of our communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology, including our internet banking services and data processing systems. Any failure or interruption of these services or systems or breaches in security of these systems could result in failures or interruptions in our customer relationship management, the Bank’s reputation, general ledger, deposit, servicing and/or loan origination systems. The occurrence of any failures or interruptions may require us to

 

25


Table of Contents

identify alternative sources of such services, which may result in increased costs or other consequences that in turn could have an adverse effect on our business.

We are dependent on key personnel and the loss of one or more of those key personnel may materially and adversely affect our prospects

Competition for qualified employees and personnel in the banking industry is intense and there are a limited number of qualified persons with knowledge of, and experience in, the California community banking industry. The process of recruiting personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out our strategies is often lengthy. In addition, legislation and regulations which impose restrictions on executive compensation may make it more difficult for us to retain and recruit key personnel. Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to attract and retain qualified management, loan origination, finance, administrative, marketing and technical personnel and upon the continued contributions of our management and personnel. In particular, our success has been and continues to be highly dependent upon the abilities of key executives, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, and certain other employees. In addition, our success has been and continues to be highly dependent upon the services of our directors, some of whom may be considering retirement, and we may not be able to identify and attract suitable candidates to replace such directors.

Managing reputational risk is important to attracting and maintaining customers, investors and employees

Threats to our reputation can come from many sources, including adverse sentiment about financial institutions generally, unethical practices, employee misconduct, failure to deliver minimum standards of service or quality, compliance deficiencies, and questionable or fraudulent activities of our customers. We have policies and procedures in place to protect our reputation and promote ethical conduct, but these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Negative publicity regarding our business, employees, or customers, with or without merit, may result in the loss of customers, investors and employees, costly litigation, a decline in revenues and increased governmental regulation.

We are subject to a pending investigation by the SEC, a consolidated class action lawsuit and a similar state law derivative action which could adversely affect us.

We are subject to an investigation by the SEC. In addition, two federal securities class action lawsuits, which have been consolidated, were filed against us and certain of our officers, and a state law derivative action was filed in the name of the Company against our directors. Although the consolidated federal action was dismissed by the federal district court subsequent to the end of 2011, on January 12, 2011, the plaintiffs were given leave by the court to file an amended complaint, which the plaintiffs may decide to pursue. We are unable, at this time, to estimate our potential liability in these matters, but may be required to pay judgments, settlements or other penalties and incur other costs and expenses in connection with the SEC investigation and the consolidated lawsuit which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, responding to requests for information in the SEC investigation and the federal and state lawsuits may divert internal resources away from managing our business. See “Legal Proceedings”

Federal and state laws and regulations may restrict our ability to pay dividends

The ability for the Bank to pay dividends to the Company and for the Company to pay dividends to its shareholders is limited by applicable federal and California law and regulations. See “Business — Regulation and Supervision” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Cash Flow.”

 

26


Table of Contents

The price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline

The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate widely as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. In addition, the stock market is subject to fluctuations in its share prices and trading volumes that affect the market prices of the shares of many companies. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

 

   

actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition;

 

   

changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts;

 

   

failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings estimates;

 

   

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

   

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

   

actions by institutional shareholders;

 

   

fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;

 

   

general market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry;

 

   

proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;

 

   

anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings or litigation that involve or affect the Company and/or the Bank; or

 

   

domestic and international economic factors unrelated to the Company’s performance.

The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, experienced significant volatility in recent years. The market price of our common stock and the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. The trading price of the shares of our common stock and the value of our other securities will depend on many factors, which may change from time to time, including, without limitation, our financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects, future sales of our equity or equity related securities, and other factors identified above in “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statement”. The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for more than three years. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. A significant decline in our stock price could result in substantial losses for individual shareholders and could lead to costly and disruptive securities litigation.

Anti-takeover provisions and federal law may limit the ability of another party to acquire us, which could cause our stock price to decline

Various provisions of our articles of incorporation and by-laws and certain other actions we have taken could delay or prevent a third-party from acquiring us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders. The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended, together with federal regulations, require that, depending on the particular circumstances, either Federal Reserve approval must be obtained or notice must be furnished to the Federal Reserve and not disapproved prior to any person or entity acquiring “control” of a state member bank, such as the Bank. These provisions may prevent a merger or acquisition that would be attractive to shareholders and could limit the price investors would be willing to pay in the future for our common stock.

 

27


Table of Contents

Changes in stock market prices could reduce fee income from our brokerage, asset management and investment advisory businesses

We earn substantial wealth management fee income for managing assets for our clients and also providing brokerage and investment advisory services. Because investment management and advisory fees are often based on the value of assets under management, a fall in the market prices of those assets could reduce our fee income. Changes in stock market prices could affect the trading activity of investors, reducing commissions and other fees we earn from our brokerage business.

We may face other risks

From time to time, we detail other risks with respect to our business and/or financial results in our filings with the SEC.

For further discussion on additional areas of risk, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and the Results of Operations — Risk Management.”

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The principal executive offices of the Company and the Bank are located in Ontario, California, and are owned by the Company.

As of December 31, 2011, the Bank occupied a total of 49 premises consisting of (i) 47 of its Business Financial and Commercial Banking Centers (“Centers”) of which two Centers are located at our Corporate Headquarters, (ii) a Corporate Headquarters and two operations/administrative centers, and (iii) a storage facility. We own 11 of these locations and the remaining properties are leased with expiration dates ranging from 2012 through 2020, at which time we can exercise options that could extend certain leases through 2030. All properties are located in Southern and Central California.

As of December 31, 2011, our consolidated investment in premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization totaled $36.3 million. Our total occupancy expense, exclusive of furniture and equipment expense, for the year ended December 31, 2011, was $11.3 million. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our present purposes. The Company believes that if necessary, it could secure suitable alternative facilities on similar terms without adversely affecting operations. For additional information concerning properties, see Notes 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report. See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplemental Data.”

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Certain lawsuits and claims arising in the ordinary course of business have been filed or are pending against us or our affiliates. Where appropriate, we establish reserves in accordance with FASB guidance over contingencies (ASC 450). The outcome of litigation and other legal and regulatory matters is inherently uncertain, however, and it is possible that one or more of the legal or regulatory matters currently pending or threatened could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, consolidated financial position, and/or results of operations. As of December 31, 2011, the Company does not have any significant litigation reserves.

In addition, the Company is involved in the following significant legal actions and complaints.

On July 26, 2010, we received a subpoena from the Los Angeles office of the SEC regarding the Company’s allowance for credit loss methodology, loan underwriting guidelines, methodology for grading loans, and the

 

28


Table of Contents

process for making provisions for loan losses. In addition, the subpoena requested information regarding certain presentations Company officers have given or conferences Company officers have attended with analysts, brokers, investors or prospective investors. We are fully cooperating with the SEC in its investigation, including its follow-up requests. We cannot predict the timing or outcome of the investigation.

In the wake of the Company’s disclosure of the SEC investigation, on August 23, 2010, a purported shareholder class action complaint was filed against the Company in an action captioned Lloyd v. CVB Financial Corp., et al., Case No. CV 10-06256-MMM, in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. Along with the Company, Christopher D. Myers (President and Chief Executive Officer) and Edward J. Biebrich, Jr. (our former Chief Financial Officer) were also named as defendants. On September 14, 2010, a second purported shareholder class action complaint was filed against the Company in an action originally captioned Englund v. CVB Financial Corp., et al., Case No. CV 10-06815-RGK, in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. The Englund complaint named the same defendants as the Lloyd complaint and made allegations substantially similar to those included in the Lloyd complaint. On January 21, 2011, the Court consolidated the two actions for all purposes under the Lloyd action now captioned as Case No. CV 10-06256-MMM (PJWx). That same day, the Court also appointed the Jacksonville Police and Fire Pension Fund (the “Jacksonville Fund”) as lead plaintiff in the consolidated action and approved the Jacksonville Fund’s selection of lead counsel for the plaintiffs in the consolidated action. On March 7, 2011, the Jacksonville Fund filed a consolidated complaint naming the same defendants and alleging violations by all defendants of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and violations by the individual defendants of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. Specifically, the complaint alleges that defendants misrepresented and failed to disclose conditions adversely affecting the Company throughout the purported class period, which is alleged to be between October 21, 2009 and August 9, 2010. The complaint seeks compensatory damages and other relief in favor of the purported class. On May 13, 2011, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint. Following the filing by each side of supplemental motions and memoranda, the District Court conducted a hearing on August 29, 2011. The District Court issued a ruling on January 12, 2012, granting defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint, but provided the plaintiffs with leave to file an amended complaint within 45 days of the date of the order. On February 27, 2012, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint against the same defendants, which the Company plan to vigorously contest.

On February 28, 2011, a purported shareholder derivative complaint was filed in an action captioned Sanderson v. Borba, et al., Case No. CIVRS1102119, in California State Superior Court in San Bernardino County. The complaint names as defendants the members of our board of directors and also refers to unnamed defendants allegedly responsible for the conduct alleged. The Company is included as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleges breaches of fiduciary duties, abuse of control, gross mismanagement and corporate waste. Specifically, the complaint alleges, among other things, that defendants engaged in accounting manipulations in order to falsely portray the Company’s financial results in connection with its commercial real estate portfolio. Plaintiff seeks compensatory and exemplary damages to be paid by the defendants and awarded to the Company, as well as other relief. On June 20, 2011, defendants filed a demurrer requesting dismissal of the derivative complaint. Following the filing by each side of additional motions, the parties filed a notice on September 30, 2011 to postpone the Court’s hearing on the defendants’ demurrer until January 12, 2012, and this postponement was subsequently extended to April 16, 2012.

Because we are in the early stages of these proceedings, we cannot predict any range of loss or even if any loss is probable related to the actions described above.

 

ITEM 4. REMOVED AND RESERVED

 

29


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select National Market under the symbol “CVBF.” The following table presents the high and low sales prices and dividend information for our common stock during each quarter for the past two years. The Company had approximately 1,819 shareholders of record as of February 15, 2012.

 

Two Year Summary of Common Stock Prices

Quarter

Ended

 

    High    

 

    Low    

 

        Dividends                     

12/31/2011

    $10.27   $7.28   $0.085 Cash Dividend

  9/30/2011

    $10.00   $7.41   $0.085 Cash Dividend

  6/30/2011

      $9.94   $8.18   $0.085 Cash Dividend

  3/31/2011

      $9.32   $7.83   $0.085 Cash Dividend

12/31/2010

      $9.09   $7.30   $0.085 Cash Dividend

  9/30/2010

    $10.99   $6.61   $0.085 Cash Dividend

  6/30/2010

    $11.85   $9.00   $0.085 Cash Dividend

  3/31/2010

    $10.89   $8.44   $0.085 Cash Dividend

For information on the statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of the Company to pay dividends to its shareholders and on the Bank to pay dividends to the Company, see “Item 1. Business-Regulation and Supervision — Dividends” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Cash Flow”.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On July 16, 2008, our Board of Directors approved a program to repurchase up to 10,000,000 shares of our common stock. As of December 31, 2011, we have the authority to repurchase up to 7,765,171 shares of our common stock (such number will not be adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, and the like) in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, at times and at prices considered appropriate by us, depending upon prevailing market conditions and other corporate and legal considerations. During 2011 and 2010, we repurchased 1,594,488 and 640,341 shares of common stock at the average price of $7.86 and $8.07, respectively. The shares are canceled and retired upon repurchase. There is no expiration date for our current stock repurchase program.

 

30


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The following Performance Graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into such filing.

The following graph compares the yearly percentage change in CVB Financial Corp.’s cumulative total shareholder return (stock price appreciation plus reinvested dividends) on common stock (i) the cumulative total return of the Nasdaq Composite Index; and (ii) a published index comprised by Morningstar (formerly Hemscott, Inc.) of banks and bank holding companies in the Pacific region (the industry group line depicted below). The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 on January 1, 2006, and reinvestment of dividends through December 31, 2011. Points on the graph represent the performance as of the last business day of each of the years indicated. The graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.

 

LOGO

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)

ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON JAN. 01, 2006

ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTED

FISCAL YEAR ENDING DEC. 31, 2011

 

Company/Market/Peer Group

   12/31/2006      12/31/2007      12/31/2008      12/31/2009      12/31/2010      12/31/2011  

CVB Financial Corp.

   $ 100.00       $ 80.92       $ 96.84       $ 73.77       $ 76.87       $ 91.77   

NASDAQ Composite

   $ 100.00       $ 110.38       $ 65.58       $ 95.27       $ 112.22       $ 110.58   

Peer Group Index

   $ 100.00       $ 71.15       $ 53.46       $ 42.53       $ 52.44       $ 46.33   

 

31


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table reflects selected financial information at and for the five years ended December 31. Throughout the past five years, the Company has acquired other banks. This may affect the comparability of the data.

 

     At or For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (Dollars In thousands, except per share amounts and percentages)  

Interest Income

   $ 269,720      $ 317,289      $ 310,759      $ 332,518      $ 341,277   

Interest Expense

     35,039        57,972        88,495        138,839        180,135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

     234,681        259,317        222,264        193,679        161,142   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for Credit Losses

     7,068        61,200        80,500        26,600        4,000   

Other Operating Income

     34,216        57,114        81,071        34,457        31,325   

Other Operating Expenses

     141,025        168,492        133,586        115,788        105,404   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings Before Income Taxes

     120,804        86,739        89,249        85,748        83,063   

Income Taxes

     39,071        23,804        23,830        22,675        22,479   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET EARNINGS

   $ 81,733      $ 62,935      $ 65,419      $ 63,073      $ 60,584   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic Earnings Per Common Share

   $ 0.77      $ 0.59      $ 0.56      $ 0.75      $ 0.72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share

   $ 0.77      $ 0.59      $ 0.56      $ 0.75      $ 0.72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share

   $ 0.340      $ 0.340      $ 0.340      $ 0.340      $ 0.340   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Dividends paid on Common Shares

   $ 35,805      $ 36,103      $ 32,228      $ 28,317      $ 28,479   

Dividend Pay-Out Ratio (2)

     43.81     57.37     49.26     44.90     47.01

Weighted Average Common Shares:

          

Basic

     105,142,650        105,879,779        92,955,172        83,120,817        83,600,316   

Diluted

     105,222,566        106,125,761        93,055,801        83,335,503        84,005,941   

Common Stock Data:

          

Common shares outstanding at year end

     104,482,271        106,075,576        106,263,511        83,270,263        83,164,906   

Book Value Per Share

   $ 6.84      $ 6.07      $ 6.01      $ 5.92      $ 5.11   

Financial Position:

          

Assets

   $ 6,482,915      $ 6,436,691      $ 6,739,769      $ 6,649,651      $ 6,293,963   

Investment Securities available-for-sale

     2,201,526        1,791,558        2,108,463        2,493,476        2,390,566   

Net Non-Covered Loans

     3,125,763        3,268,469        3,499,455        3,682,878        3,462,095   

Net Covered Loans (5)

     256,869        374,012        470,634        —          —     

Deposits

     4,604,548        4,518,828        4,438,654        3,508,156        3,364,349   

Borrowings

     958,032        1,095,578        1,488,250        2,345,473        2,339,809   

Junior Subordinated debentures

     115,055        115,055        115,055        115,055        115,055   

Stockholders’ Equity

     714,814        643,855        638,228        614,892        424,948   

Equity-to-Assets Ratio (1)

     11.03     10.00     9.47     9.25     6.75

Financial Performance:

          

Net Income to Beginning Equity

     12.69     9.77     10.64     14.84     15.64

Net Income to Average Equity (ROE)

     12.00     9.40     10.00     13.75     15.00

Net Income to Average Assets (ROA)

     1.26     0.93     0.98     0.99     1.00

Net Interest Margin (TE) (3)

     4.04     4.28     3.72     3.41     3.03

Efficiency Ratio (4)

     53.86     66.02     59.95     57.45     55.93

Credit Quality (Non-covered Loans):

          

Allowance for Credit Losses

   $ 93,964      $ 105,259      $ 108,924      $ 53,960      $ 33,049   

Allowance/Gross Non-Covered Loans

     2.92     3.12     3.02     1.44     0.95

Total Non-Covered Non-Accrual Loans

   $ 62,672      $ 157,020      $ 69,779      $ 17,684      $ 1,435   

Non-Covered Non-Accrual Loans/Gross Non-Covered Loans

     1.94     4.65     1.93     0.47     0.04

Allowance/Non-Covered Non-Accrual Loans

     149.93     67.04     156.10     305.13     2,303

Charge-offs, net of recoveries

   $ 18,363      $ 64,865      $ 25,536      $ 5,689      $ 1,358   

Charge-offs, net of recoveries/Average loans

     0.57     1.86     0.68     0.16     0.04

Regulatory Capital Ratios For the Company:

          

Leverage Ratio

     11.19     10.58     9.63     9.84     7.57

Tier 1 Capital

     17.79     16.61     15.06     14.18     11.04

Total Capital

     19.05     18.00     14.45     15.54     12.01

For the Bank:

          

Leverage Ratio

     10.92     10.54     9.58     9.65     7.14

Tier 1 Capital

     17.36     16.55     14.99     13.93     10.45

Total Capital

     18.63     17.82     16.26     15.19     11.31

 

(1) Stockholders’ equity divided by total assets.
(2) Cash dividends on common stock divided by net earnings.
(3) Net interest income (TE) divided by total average earning assets
(4) Noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income, after provision for credit losses, and other operating income).
(5) Covered loans are those loans acquired from SJB and covered by a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC.

 

32


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND THE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

Management’s discussion and analysis is written to provide greater detail of the results of operations and the financial condition of CVB Financial Corp. and its subsidiaries. This analysis should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements contained within this report including the notes thereto.

OVERVIEW

We are a bank holding company with one bank subsidiary, Citizens Business Bank. We have three other inactive subsidiaries: CVB Ventures, Inc.; Chino Valley Bancorp and ONB Bancorp. We are also the common stockholder of CVB Statutory Trust I, CVB Statutory Trust II and CVB Statutory Trust III, statutory trusts which were formed to issue trust preferred securities in order to increase the capital of the Company. Through our acquisition of FCB in June 2007, we acquired FCB Capital Trust II, another statutory trust. We are headquartered in Ontario, California in what is known as the “Inland Empire” of California. Our geographical market area encompasses the City of Stockton in the center of California to the City of Laguna Beach (in Orange County) in the southern portion of California. Our mission is to offer the finest financial products and services to professionals and businesses in our market area while maintaining a strong capital base and prudent loan loss reserves. We intend to grow our business through targeted efforts at our existing customers, attracting new associates who bring customer relationships with them and acquisitions.

Our primary source of income is from the interest earned on our loans and investments whereas our primary area of expense is the interest paid on deposits, borrowings, and salaries and benefits. As such, our net income is subject to fluctuations in interest rates and their impact on our income statement. We are also subject to competition from other financial institutions, which may affect our pricing of products and services, and the fees and interest rates we can charge on them.

Historically, we have been active in completing acquisitions and we will continue to consider acquisition targets, including FDIC-assisted acquisitions, which will enable us to meet our business objectives and enhance shareholder value along with organic growth. Since 2000, we have acquired five banks and a leasing company, and we have opened four de novo centers: Bakersfield, Fresno, Madera, and Stockton, California. We also opened four new Commercial Banking Centers since 2008. We closed the McFarland center in October 2011.

Economic conditions in our California service area impact our business. Unemployment is high in our market areas and areas of our marketplace have been significantly affected by adverse economic conditions, both nationally and in California. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 18% of our total loan portfolio of $3.5 billion is located in the Inland Empire region of California. Approximately 32%, 24%, and 13% of our total loan portfolio is located in Los Angeles County, the Central Valley, and Orange County, respectively. The balance of the portfolio (13%) is outside these regions. We continue to see the impact of constrained economic conditions on our loan portfolio; however, there have been recent improvements in the level of our non-performing loans and the levels of our classified assets. Continued weaknesses in the local and state economy could adversely affect us through diminished loan demand, credit quality deterioration, and increases in provisions for credit losses, loan delinquencies and defaults.

Despite the continued weakness in economic outlook, in October 2011, Fitch Ratings affirmed the long-term Issuer Default Ratings (IDR) of the Company and the Bank at ‘BBB’. The affirmation of the Company ratings reflects its stable performance through the most recent cycle, solid core earnings and recent improvements in asset quality.

 

33


Table of Contents

Our net interest income before provision for credit losses of $234.7 million in 2011, decreased by $24.6 million or 9.50%, compared to net interest income before provision for credit losses of $259.3 million for 2010, principally due to a decrease of $47.6 million in interest income, partially offset by a decrease of $22.9 million in interest expense. The 17 basis point decrease in our net interest spread tax equivalent (“TE”) resulted from a 59 basis point decrease in the yield on average earning assets, offset by a 42 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. The Bank has historically had a favorable level of noninterest-bearing deposits, primarily due to our specialization in businesses and professionals as customers. As of December 31, 2011, 44.04% of our deposits were interest-free. This, accompanied by a decreasing interest rate environment, has allowed us to retain a low cost of deposits of 0.19% for 2011 compared to 0.40% for 2010, which contributed to the reduction in interest expense for 2011.

Our net earnings increased to $81.7 million in 2011 compared to $62.9 million in 2010, an increase of $18.8 million, or 29.87%. The year-over-year increase was primarily the result of decreases in the provision for credit losses, interest expense, and other operating expenses in 2011, offset by decreases in other operating income and interest income. Diluted earnings per common share increased $0.18 to $0.77 in 2011 from $0.59 in 2010.

 

34


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

Critical accounting estimates are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that our most critical accounting estimates upon which our financial condition depends, and which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessment, are as follows:

Allowance for Credit Losses: Arriving at an appropriate level of allowance for credit losses involves a high degree of judgment. Our allowance for credit losses provides for probable losses based upon evaluations of known and inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio. The determination of the balance in the allowance for credit losses is based on an analysis of the loan and lease finance receivables portfolio using a systematic methodology and reflects an amount that, in our judgment, is appropriate to provide for probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio, after giving consideration to the character of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions, past credit loss experience, and such other factors as deserve current recognition in estimating inherent credit losses. The provision for credit losses is charged to expense. For a full discussion of our methodology of assessing the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses, see “Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Risk Management” and Notes 1 and 4 of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Investment Portfolio: The investment portfolio is an integral part of our financial performance. Accounting estimates are used in the presentation of the investment portfolio and these estimates do impact the presentation of our financial condition and results of operations.

We classify as held-to-maturity securities those debt securities that we have the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Securities classified as trading are those securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. All other debt and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale. Securities held-to-maturity are accounted for at cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Trading securities are accounted for at fair value with the unrealized gains and losses being included in current earnings. Available-for-sale securities are accounted for at fair value, with the net unrealized gains and losses, net of income tax effects, presented as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized in earnings at the time of sale. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the effective-yield method over the terms of the securities. For mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), the amortization or accretion is based on estimated average lives of the securities. The lives of these securities can fluctuate based on the amount of prepayments received on the underlying collateral of the securities. Our investment in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock is carried at cost. The classification and accounting for investment securities are discussed in detail in Note 3, “Investment Securities,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements presented elsewhere in this report.

The fair values of investment securities are generally determined by reference to an independent external pricing service provider who has experience in valuing these securities. In obtaining such valuation information from third parties, management has evaluated the methodologies used to develop the resulting fair values. Management performs a monthly analysis on the broker quotes received from third parties to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. The procedures include, but are not limited to, initial and on-going review of third party pricing methodologies, review of pricing trends, and monitoring of trading volumes. Prices from third party pricing services are often unavailable for securities that are rarely traded or are traded only in privately negotiated transactions. As a result, certain securities are priced via independent broker quotations, which utilize inputs that may be difficult to corroborate with observable market based data. Additionally, the majority of these independent broker quotations are non-binding.

At each reporting date, securities are assessed to determine whether there is an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). Such impairment, if any, is required to be recognized in earnings. The determination of other-than-temporary impairment is a subjective process, requiring the use of judgment and assumptions. We

 

35


Table of Contents

examine all individual securities that are in an unrealized loss position at each reporting date for other-than-temporary impairment. Specific investment-related factors that we examine to assess impairment include the nature of the investment, severity and duration of the loss, the probability that we will be unable to collect all amounts due, an analysis of the issuers of the securities, and whether there has been any cause for default on the securities and any change in the rating of the securities by the various rating agencies. Additionally, we evaluate whether the creditworthiness of the issuer calls the realization of contractual cash flows into question. We reexamine the financial resources, intent and the overall ability of the Company to hold the securities until their fair values recover. Management does not believe that there are any investment securities, other than those identified in the current and previous periods, which are deemed to be “other-than-temporarily” impaired as of December 31, 2011.

Income Taxes: We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method by deferring income taxes based on estimated future tax effects of differences between the tax and book basis of assets and liabilities considering the provisions of enacted tax laws. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our balance sheets. We must also assess the likelihood that any deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and establish a valuation allowance for those assets determined to not likely be recoverable. Our judgment is required in determining the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting deferred tax assets and liabilities, including projections of future taxable income. Although we have determined a valuation allowance is not required for any of our deferred tax assets, there is no guarantee that these assets are recoverable.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets: We have acquired entire banks and branches of banks. Those acquisitions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting have given rise to goodwill and intangible assets. We record the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value. These fair values are determined by use of internal and external valuation techniques. The excess purchase price is allocated to assets and liabilities respectively, resulting in identified intangibles. The identified intangible assets and liabilities are amortized over the estimated lives of the assets or liabilities. Any excess purchase price after this allocation results in goodwill. Goodwill is tested on an annual basis for impairment.

Goodwill Impairment: Under ASC 350 (previously SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangibles), goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for impairment. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the business, indicate that there may be justification for conducting an interim test. Impairment testing is performed at the reporting-unit level (which is the same level as the Company’s two major operating segments identified in Note 21 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report). Under the market approach utilized, the fair value is calculated using the current fair values of comparable peer banks of similar size, geographic footprint and focus. The market capitalization and multiple was used to calculate the market price of the Company and each reporting unit. The fair value was also subject to a control premium adjustment, which is the cost savings that a purchase of the reporting unit could achieve by eliminating duplicative costs. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, then the second part of the test is needed to measure the amount of goodwill impairment. The implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill is calculated and compared to the actual carrying value of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. If the carrying value of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, then the Company would recognize an impairment loss for the amount of the difference, which would be recorded as a charge against net income. There was no recorded impairment as of December 31, 2011.

Acquired Loans: Acquired loans are valued as of the acquisition date in accordance with ASC 805 Business Combinations (formerly FAS 141R Business Combinations). Loans purchased with evidence of credit deterioration since origination for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are accounted for under ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (formerly SOP 03-3 Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer). Further, the Company elected to account for all other acquired loans within the scope of ASC 310-30 using the same methodology.

 

36


Table of Contents

Under ASC 805 and ASC 310-30, loans are recorded at fair value at the acquisition date, factoring in credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Accordingly, an allowance for credit losses is not carried over or recorded as of the acquisition date. In situations where loans have similar risk characteristics, loans were aggregated into pools to estimate cash flows under ASC 310-30. A pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single interest rate, cumulative loss rate and cash flow expectation. The Company aggregated non-distressed loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of San Joaquin Bank in ten different pools, based on common risk characteristics.

Under ASC 310-30, the excess of the expected cash flows at the acquisition over the fair value is considered to be the accretable yield and is recognized as interest income over the life of the loan or pool. The excess of the contractual cash flows over the expected cash flows is considered to be the nonaccretable difference. Subsequent to the acquisition date, any increases in cash flow over those expected at the acquisition date in excess of fair value are recorded as an adjustment to accretable difference on a prospective basis. Any subsequent decreases in cash flow over those expected at the acquisition date are recognized by recording an allowance for credit losses. Any disposals of loans, including sales of loans, payments in full or foreclosures result in the removal of the loan from the ASC 310-30 portfolio at the allocated carrying amount.

Covered Loans: The majority of the loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of San Joaquin Bank are included in a FDIC shared-loss agreement and are referred to as covered loans. Covered loans are reported exclusive of the expected cash flow reimbursements expected from the FDIC. At the date of acquisition, all covered loans were accounted for under ASC 805 and ASC 310-30. Subsequent to acquisition all covered loans are accounted for under ASC 310-30.

Covered Other Real Estate Owned: All other real estate owned acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of SJB are included in a FDIC shared-loss agreement and are referred to as covered other real estate owned. Covered other real estate owned is reported exclusive of expected reimbursement cash flows from the FDIC. Fair value adjustments on covered other real estate owned result in a reduction of the covered other real estate carrying amount and a corresponding increase in the estimated FDIC loss sharing asset, with the estimated net loss charged against earnings.

FDIC Loss Sharing Asset: In conjunction with the FDIC-assisted acquisition of San Joaquin Bank, the Company entered into a shared-loss agreement with the FDIC for amounts receivable under the shared-loss agreement. At the date of the acquisition the Company elected to account for amounts receivable under the shared-loss agreement as a loss sharing asset in accordance with ASC 805. Subsequent to the acquisition, the loss sharing asset is adjusted for payments received and changes in estimates of expected losses and is not being accounted for under fair value. The loss estimates used in calculating the FDIC loss sharing asset are determined on the same basis as the related covered loans and is the present value of the cash flows the Company expects to collect from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreement. The difference between the present value and the undiscounted cash flow the Company expects to collect from the FDIC is accreted into noninterest income over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset. The FDIC indemnification asset is adjusted for any changes in expected cash flows based on the loan performance. Any increases in cash flow of the loans over those expected will reduce the FDIC indemnification asset and any decreases in cash flow of the loans over those expected will increase the FDIC indemnification asset. Increase and decreases to the FDIC indemnification asset are recorded as adjustments to other operating income.

Non-Covered Other Real Estate Owned: Other real estate owned (“OREO”) represents properties acquired through foreclosure or through full or partial satisfaction of loans, is considered held for sale, and is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value at the time of foreclosure. Loan balances in excess of fair value of the real estate acquired at the date of foreclosure are charged against the allowance for credit losses. After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed as deemed necessary by management and the real estate is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the OREO below the carrying value are written down to fair value with a direct charge to other operating expense.

 

37


Table of Contents

Any subsequent operating expenses or income of such properties are charged to other operating expense or income, respectively. Any declines in value after foreclosure are recorded as OREO expense. Revenue recognition upon disposition of a property is dependent on the sale having met certain criteria relating to the buyer’s initial investment in the property sold.

We are able and willing to provide financing for entities purchasing loans or OREO assets. Our general guideline is to seek an adequate down payment (as a percentage of the purchase price) from the buyer. We will consider lower down payments when this is not possible; however, accounting rules require certain minimum down payments in order to record the profit on sale, if any. The minimum down payment varies by the type of underlying real estate collateral.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial instruments and to determine fair value disclosures. Investment securities available-for-sale and interest-rate swaps are financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record at fair value other financial assets on a non-recurring basis, such as impaired loans and OREO. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or writedowns of individual assets. Further, we include in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements information about the extent to which fair value is used to measure assets and liabilities, the valuation methodologies used and its impact to earnings. Additionally, for financial instruments not recorded at fair value we disclose the estimate of their fair value.

 

38


Table of Contents

ANALYSIS OF THE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes net earnings, earnings per common share, and key financial ratios for the periods indicated.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands,  
     except per share amounts)  

Net earnings

   $ 81,733      $ 62,935      $ 65,419   

Earnings per common share:

      

Basic (1)

   $ 0.77      $ 0.59      $ 0.56   

Diluted (1)

   $ 0.77      $ 0.59      $ 0.56   

Return on average assets

     1.26     0.93     0.98

Return on average shareholders’ equity

     12.00     9.40     10.00

 

(1) Earnings and diluted earnings per common share for 2009 includes $0.14 per share due to the preferred stock dividend and discount amortization and $0.07 per share due to the increase in weighted common shares outstanding as a result of our capital offering.

Earnings

We reported net earnings of $81.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This represented an increase of $18.8 million, or 29.87%, from net earnings of $62.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Net earnings for 2010 increased $2.5 million to $62.9 million, or 3.80%, from net earnings of $65.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Basic and diluted earnings per common share were $0.77 in 2011, compared to $0.59 in 2010, and $0.56 in 2009.

The increase in net earnings for 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily the result of a decrease in the provision for credit losses of $54.1 million and a $27.5 million decrease in other operating expenses. These decreases included $15.4 million in prepayment penalties ($3.3 million in 2011 compared to $18.7 million in 2010) and $3.5 million in provision for unfunded commitments, partially offset by a decrease in net interest income of $24.6 million, as described herein, and a decrease in other operating income of $22.9 million. The decrease in other operating income was primarily due to gain on sale of securities of $38.9 million in 2010, partially offset by an increase of $16.0 million in the FDIC loss sharing asset

The decrease in net earnings for 2010 compared to 2009 was primarily the result of an increase in other operating expenses. Significant items included prepaying $350.0 million in borrowings which resulted in $18.7 million in prepayment penalties, a $6.3 million increase in professional fees, and a $6.3 million increase in OREO expenses. In addition, there was a decrease in other operating income due to several causes. Gain on sales of securities increased $10.5 million in 2010 over 2009. However, this was offset by a $15.9 million reduction in the SJB loss-sharing asset in 2010. In addition, 2009 included a $21.1 million gain from the SJB acquisition. These three items resulted in a $26.5 million reduction in other operating income. The provision for credit losses decreased $19.3 million in 2010 from 2009.

For 2011, our return on average assets was 1.26%, compared to 0.93% for 2010 and 0.98% for 2009. Our return on average stockholders’ equity was 12.00% for 2011, compared to a return of 9.40% for 2010, and 10.00% for 2009. The increase in return on average assets and stock stockholders’ equity in 2011 was primarily due to the increase in net earnings as described herein.

 

39


Table of Contents

Income and Expense Related to Covered Assets

The following table summarizes the components of income and expense related to covered assets excluding normal accretion of interest income on covered loans for 2011 and 2010:

Summary of Covered Asset Related Income (excluding normal loan accretion)

December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

     For the Year Ended December 31  
Covered Asset Related income/expense          2011                 2010        
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest Income-Accelerated accretion

   $ 12,586      $ 26,740   

Other Income-Increase/(decrease) in FDIC loss share asset

     171        (15,856

Other Income-Gain/(loss) on sale of OREO

     446        (916

Expenses-legal and professional

     (2,011     (1,912

Expenses-OREO write-down

     (4,484     (1,917

Expenses-OREO expenses

     (988     (616

Expenses-Other expenses (appraisals)

     (485     (376
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before income taxes related to covered assets

   $ 5,235      $ 5,147   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income and expense related to covered loans include accretion of the difference between the carrying amount of the covered loans and their expected cash flows, increase (decrease) in the FDIC loss sharing assets as well as the other noninterest expenses related to covered loans.

The accelerated discount accretion of $12.6 million in 2011, recognized as part of interest income from covered loans, decreased $14.1 million compared to $26.7 million in 2010. This decrease was partially offset by a $16.0 million increase resulting from changes in the FDIC loss sharing asset ($171,000 net increase in 2011 compared to a net decrease of $15.9 million in 2010).

The Company also recognized net gain on sales of covered OREO of $446,000 in 2011 compared to a loss of $916,000 for 2010.

Noninterest expense related to covered assets includes OREO expense, legal and professional expense and other covered asset — related expenses. Total covered asset-related expenses were $8.0 million for 2011, up from $4.8 million for 2010.

Net Interest Income

The principal component of our earnings is net interest income, which is the difference between the interest and fees earned on loans and investments (earning assets) and the interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds (interest-bearing liabilities). Net interest margin is the taxable-equivalent of net interest income as a percentage of average earning assets for the period. The level of interest rates and the volume and mix of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities impact net interest income and net interest margin. The net interest spread is the yield on average earning assets minus the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities. Our net interest income, interest spread, and net interest margin are sensitive to general business and economic conditions. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, monetary supply, and the strength of the economy, in general, and the local economies in which we conduct business. Our ability to manage net interest income during changing interest rate environments will have a significant impact on our overall performance. Our balance sheet is slightly liability-sensitive; meaning interest-bearing liabilities will generally reprice more quickly than earning assets. Therefore, our net interest margin is likely to decrease in sustained periods of rising interest rates and

 

40


Table of Contents

increase in sustained periods of declining interest rates. We manage net interest income through affecting changes in the mix of earning assets as well as the mix of interest-bearing liabilities, changes in the level of interest-bearing liabilities in proportion to earning assets, and in the growth of earning assets.

Table 1 presents the interest rate spread, net interest margin and the composition of average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities by category for the periods indicated, including the changes in average balance, composition, and average yield/rate between these respective periods:

TABLE 1 — Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities, and Stockholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differentials

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
ASSETS                                                      

Investment Securities (1)

                 

Taxable

  $ 1,359,434      $ 37,310        2.77   $ 1,318,601      $ 49,720        3.78   $ 1,652,509      $ 76,798        4.67

Tax-advantaged

    624,340        23,640        5.37     651,811        25,394        5.51     675,273        27,329        5.71

Investment in FHLB stock

    80,091        242        0.30     93,461        324        0.35     93,989        195        0.21

Federal Funds Sold & Interest Bearing

                 

Deposits with other institutions

    461,837        1,438        0.31     337,908        1,125        0.33     124,039        358        0.29

Loans HFS

    4,471        56        1.25     3,078        54        1.75     153        5        3.27

Loans (2)

    3,623,137        194,448        5.37     4,067,702        213,932        5.26     3,735,339        206,074        5.52

Yield adjustment to interest income from discount accretion

    (81,847     12,586          (162,667     26,740           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Earning Assets

    6,071,463        269,720        4.61     6,309,894        317,289        5.20     6,281,302        310,759        5.13

Total Non Earning Assets

    434,045            461,923            361,180       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total Assets

  $ 6,505,508          $ 6,771,817          $ 6,642,482       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                 

Savings Deposits (3)

  $ 1,741,128      $ 5,592        0.32   $ 1,698,628      $ 9,947        0.59   $ 1,366,355      $ 10,336        0.76

Time Deposits

    910,965        3,116        0.34     1,188,878        8,306        0.70     1,195,378        14,620        1.22
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Deposits

    2,652,093        8,708        0.33     2,887,506        18,253        0.63     2,561,733        24,956        0.97

Other Borrowings

    1,200,613        26,331        2.19     1,484,356        39,719        2.68     1,927,923        63,539        3.30
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Interest Bearing Liabilities

    3,852,706        35,039        0.91     4,371,862        57,972        1.33     4,489,656        88,495        1.97
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Non-interest bearing deposits

    1,905,605            1,669,611            1,431,204       

Other Liabilities

    65,847            61,021            67,741       

Stockholders’ Equity

    681,350            669,323            653,881       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

  $ 6,505,508          $ 6,771,817          $ 6,642,482       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income

    $ 234,681          $ 259,317          $ 222,264     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest income excluding discount

      222,095            232,577           
   

 

 

       

 

 

         

Net interest spread — tax equivalent

        3.70         3.87         3.16

Net interest spread — tax equivalent excluding discount

        3.43         3.32         N/A   

Net interest margin

        3.87         4.11         3.54

Net interest margin — tax equivalent

        4.04         4.28         3.72

Net interest margin — tax equivalent excluding discount

        3.78         3.76         N/A   

Net interest margin excluding loan fees

        3.83         4.07         3.49

Net interest margin excluding loan fees — tax equivalent

        4.00         4.23         3.67

 

(1) Non tax-equivalent (TE) rate w as 3.09% for 2011, 3.82% for 2010, and 4.49% for 2009.
(2) Loan fees are included in total interest income as follow s, (000)s omitted: 2011, $2,124; 2010, $2,646.
(3) Includes interest bearing demand and money market accounts.

 

41


Table of Contents

As stated above, the net interest margin measures net interest income as a percentage of average earning assets. Our net interest margin (TE) was 4.04% for 2011, compared to 4.28% for 2010, and 3.72% for 2009. Our net interest income and net interest margin are driven by the combination of our loan and securities volume, yield on assets, deposit and borrowings volume, and our deposit pricing as discussed in the following paragraphs. The net interest spread is an indication of our ability to manage interest rates received on loans and investments and rates paid on deposits and borrowings in a competitive and changing interest rate environment.

Table 2 presents a comparison of interest income and interest expense resulting from changes in the volumes and rates on average earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities for the years indicated. Changes in interest income or expense attributable to volume changes are calculated by multiplying the change in volume by the initial average interest rate. The change in interest income or expense attributable to changes in interest rates is calculated by multiplying the change in interest rate by the initial volume. The changes attributable to interest rate and volume changes are calculated by multiplying the change in rate times the change in volume.

TABLE 2 — Rate and Volume Analysis for Changes in Interest Income, Interest Expense and Net Interest Income

 

    Comparison of Year Ended December 31,  
    2011 Compared to 2010     2010 Compared to 2009  
    Increase (Decrease) Due to     Increase (Decrease) Due to  
    Volume     Rate     Rate/
Volume
    Total     Volume     Rate     Rate/
Volume
    Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest Income:

               

Taxable investment securities

  $ 1,270      ($ 13,289   ($ 391   ($ 12,410   ($ 15,287   ($ 14,623   $ 2,832      ($ 27,078

Tax-advantaged securities

    (1,501     (297     44        (1,754     (1,301     (670     36        (1,935

Fed funds sold & interest-bearing deposits with other institutions

    409        (68     (28     313        620        50        97        767   

Investment in FHLB stock

    (47     (47     12        (82     (1     132        (2     129   

Loans HFS

    24        (15     (7     2        96        (2     (45     49   

Loans

    (23,384     4,474        (574     (19,484     18,346        (9,712     (776     7,858   

Yield adjustment from discount accretion

    (13,287     (1,724     857        (14,154     0        0        26,740        26,740   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest on earning assets

    (36,516     (10,966     (87     (47,569     2,473        (24,825     28,882        6,530   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Expense:

               

Savings deposits

    251        (4,586     (20     (4,355     2,525        (2,323     (591     (389

Time deposits

    (1,945     (4,280     1,035        (5,190     (79     (6,216     (19     (6,314

Other borrowings

    (7,604     (7,273     1,489        (13,388     (14,841     (12,119     3,140        (23,820
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest on interest-bearing liabilities

    (9,298     (16,139     2,504        (22,933     (12,395     (20,658     2,530        (30,523
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

  ($ 27,218   $ 5,173      ($ 2,591   ($ 24,636     14,868        (4,167     26,352        37,053   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2011 Compared to 2010

Net interest income, before provision for credit losses decreased $24.6 million, or 9.50%, over net interest income of $259.3 million for 2010. This decrease in net interest income for 2011 resulted from a decrease of $47.6 million in interest income, partially offset by a decrease of $22.9 million in interest expense. The 17 basis

 

42


Table of Contents

point decrease in our net interest spread (TE) resulted from a 59 basis point decrease in the yield on average earning assets, offset by a 42 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

Interest income of $269.7 million decreased $47.6 million, or 14.99% compared to total interest income of $317.3 million for 2010. The decrease in interest income was primarily due to a $444.6 million decrease in the average balance of loans for 2011 which decreased interest income by $23.4 million. In addition, there was a $14.1 million decrease in the discount accretion from covered SJB loans, and $13.3 million from a 101 basis point decrease in the yield on taxable investment securities as result of the decreasing interest rate environment. The discount accretion represents accelerated principal payments on SJB loans and is recorded as a yield adjustment to interest income. As a result, the average yield (TE) on interest-earning assets decreased to 4.61% in 2011, or 59 basis points, from 5.20% in 2010. Average earning assets decreased by $238.4 million, or 3.78%, from $6.31 billion for 2010 compared to $6.07 billion for 2011. Excluding the accelerated accretion, the yield in interest-earning assets would have been 4.34% for 2011 compared to 4.65% for 2010.

In general, we stop accruing interest on a loan after its principal or interest becomes 90 days or more past due. When a loan is placed on non-accrual, all interest previously accrued but not collected is charged against earnings. There was no interest income that was accrued and not reversed on non-accrual loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had $62.7 million and $157.0 million of non-covered non-accrual loans, respectively. Had non-covered non-accrual loans for which interest was no longer accruing complied with the original terms and conditions, interest income would have been $3.5 million and $5.2 million greater for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Fees collected on loans are an integral part of the loan pricing decision. Net loan fees and the direct costs associated with the origination of loans are deferred and deducted from total loans on our balance sheet. Net deferred loan fees are recognized in interest income over the term of the loan using the effective-yield method. We recognized loan fee income of $2.1 million for 2011 and $2.6 million for 2010. The decrease in loan fee income during 2011 was due to a decrease in loan originations as a result of the sustained weakness in the economy resulting in declining loan demand.

Interest income includes dividends earned on our investment in FHLB capital stock. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, dividends earned on FHLB stock totaled $242,000 and $324,000, respectively. In 2009, the FHLB announced that there can be no assurance that the FHLB will pay dividends at the same rate it has paid in the past. However, the FHLB did declare and pay dividends during both 2010 and 2011.

Interest expense of $35.0 million for 2011 decreased $22.9 million, or 39.56% compared to $58.0 million for 2010. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 42 basis points, to 0.91% in 2011 from 1.33% in 2010 as a result of a decreasing interest rate environment in 2011 as well as the mix of interest-bearing liabilities. Other borrowings typically have a higher cost than interest-bearing deposits. The average cost of borrowings decreased to 2.19% for 2011 from 2.68% for 2010 and was primarily due to a $283.7 million decrease in the average balance of other borrowings for 2011 which increased interest expense by $7.6 million. The prepayments of a $250 million structured repurchase agreement and $100 million in FHLB advances in 2010 resulted in an additional reduction of $5.6 million in interest expense compared to 2010. The $100.0 million in FHLB maturities, which we elected not to renew, also contributed to the decrease in the average cost of borrowings for 2011. The decline in interest expense was driven by lower rates paid and lower average balances on deposits as reflected by the decrease in our average cost of interest-bearing deposits (0.33% for 2011 compared to 0.63% for 2010). Average interest-bearing deposits decreased $235.4 million, or 8.15%, from $2.89 billion in 2010 to $2.65 billion in 2011. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased $236.0 million to $1.91 billion, or 41.81% of total average deposits for 2011, compared to $1.67 billion, or 36.64% of total average deposits for 2010. The decrease in rates paid on deposits (0.19% for 2011 compared to 0.40% for 2010) also contributed to our lower cost of funds.

 

43


Table of Contents

2010 Compared to 2009

Net interest income increased $37.1 million for 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to a decrease of $30.5 million in interest expense and a $6.5 million increase in interest income. The decrease in interest expense resulted from a decrease in the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities to 1.33% in 2010 from 1.97% in 2009, and a decrease in average interest-bearing liabilities of $117.8 million. The 56 basis point increase in the net interest margin (TE) in 2010 was primarily the result of changes in the mix of assets and liabilities and a $26.7 million discount accretion on covered SJB loans. The increase in the net interest spread (TE) for 2010 compared to 2009 resulted from a 64 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities and a 7 basis point increase in the average yield (TE) on earning assets, thus resulting in a 71 basis point increase in the net interest spread. The decrease in rates during 2010 had a smaller impact on our assets since a majority of our assets are fixed rate, while our deposits and borrowings benefited from rate decreases.

The average yield (TE) on earning assets increased to 5.20% for 2010, from 5.13% for 2009, as a result of a decreasing interest rate environment as well as a change in the mix of average earning assets, and a $26.7 million discount accretion on covered SJB loans. Interest income totaled $317.3 million for 2010. This represented a decrease of $6.5 million, or 2.10%, compared to total interest income of $310.8 for 2009. Investments as a percent of earning assets decreased to 31.23% in 2010 from 37.06% in 2009. The yield on investments for 2010 decreased to 4.35% as compared to 4.98% in 2009. Interest discount accretion from SJB covered loans increased the yield on loans by 90 basis points. Excluding the accelerated accretion, the yield in interest-earning assets would have been 4.65% for 2010.

 

There was zero interest income that was accrued and not reversed on non-accrual loans at December 31, 2010, and 2009. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had $157.0 million and $69.8 million of non-covered non-accrual loans, respectively. Had non-covered non-accrual loans for which interest was no longer accruing complied with the original terms and conditions, interest income would have been $5.2 million and $4.1 million greater for 2010 and 2009, respectively.

We recognized loan fee income of $2.6 million for 2010 and $3.2 million for 2009. The decrease in loan fee income during 2010 was due to a decrease in loan originations as a result of the weakening economy and diminished loan demand.

For the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, dividends earned on FHLB stock totaled $324,000, and $195,000, respectively. In 2009 the FHLB announced that there can be no assurance that the FHLB will pay dividends at the same rate it has paid in the past, or that it will pay any dividends in the future, which, in both cases would decrease our interest income as compared to prior periods, However, the FHLB did declare and pay dividends during 2010.

For 2010, total interest expense decreased $30.5 million, or 34.49%, from total interest expense of $88.5 million for 2009. The decrease in interest expense in 2010 from 2009 was due to the decrease in interest rates on interest-bearing liabilities from 1.97% for 2009 to 1.33% for 2010, and a $117.8 million decrease in average interest bearing liabilities. These variations reflected the decreasing interest rate environment in 2010 and 2009, as well as the change in the mix of interest-bearing liabilities. The average balance of other borrowings as a percent of average interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 33.95% for 2010 as compared to 42.94% for 2009. Other borrowings typically have a higher cost than interest-bearing deposits. The average cost of other borrowings for 2010 was 2.68% compared to 3.30% for 2009, also reflecting the same fluctuating interest rate environment as well as maturity and early extinguishment of borrowings. The cost of interest-bearing deposits was 0.63% for 2010 compared to 0.97% for 2009, as a result of a decreasing interest rate environment in 2010.

Provision for Credit Losses

We maintain an allowance for credit losses that is increased by a provision for non-covered credit losses charged against operating results. The provision for credit losses is determined by management as the amount to

 

44


Table of Contents

be added to the allowance for credit losses after net charge-offs have been deducted to bring the allowance to an appropriate level which, in management’s best estimate, is necessary to absorb probable credit losses within the existing loan portfolio.

Our provision for credit losses on non-covered loans was $7.1 million in 2011, $61.2 million in 2010 and $80.5 million in 2009. The decrease in the provision for credit losses was primarily due to the continued decrease in classified assets. We believe the allowance is appropriate as of December 31, 2011. We continually assess the quality of our portfolio to determine whether additional provision for credit losses is necessary. The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to total non-covered net loans as of December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was 2.92%, 3.12% and 3.02%, respectively.

No assurance can be given that economic conditions which adversely affect the Company’s service areas or other circumstances will not be reflected in increased provisions for credit losses in the future, as the nature of this process requires considerable judgment. Total net charge-offs totaled $18.4 million in 2011, $64.9 million in 2010, and $25.5 million in 2009. See “Risk Management — Credit Risk” herein.

SJB loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted transaction were initially recorded at their fair value and are covered by a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC. Due to the timing of the acquisition and the October 16, 2009 fair value estimate, there was no provision for credit losses on the covered SJB loans in 2009. In 2011 and 2010, there was $893,000 and $370,000, respectively, in net charge-offs for loans in excess of the amount originally expected in the fair value of the loans at acquisition. Our provision for credit losses on covered SJB loans was $893,000 in 2011 and $370,000 in 2010. An offsetting adjustment was recorded to the FDIC loss-sharing asset based on the appropriate loss-sharing percentage.

Other Operating Income

The components of other operating income were as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Service charges on deposit accounts

   $ 15,768      $ 16,745      $ 14,889   

CitizensTrust

     8,683        8,363        6,657   

Bankcard services

     3,144        2,776        2,338   

BOLI Income

     3,259        3,125        2,792   

Gain on sale of securities

     —          38,900        28,446   

Increase (reduction) in FDIC loss sharing asset

     171        (15,856     1,398   

Impairment loss on investment security

     (656     (904     (323

Other

     3,847        3,965        3,752   

Gain on SJB acquisition

     —          —          21,122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other operating income

   $ 34,216      $ 57,114      $ 81,071   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating income for the Company includes income derived from special services offered, such as CitizensTrust, merchant card, international banking, and other business services. Also included in other operating income are service charges and fees, primarily from deposit accounts; gains (net of losses) from the sale of investment securities, other real estate owned, and fixed assets; and other revenues not included as interest on earning assets.

2011 Compared to 2010

Other operating income of $34.2 million in 2011 decreased $22.9 million, or 40.09%, over other operating income of $57.1 million for 2010. The decrease was primarily due to $38.9 million in net gain on sales of

 

45


Table of Contents

securities for 2010 compared to zero gain on sale of securities for 2011. This decrease was partially offset by a $16.0 million increase resulting from changes in the FDIC loss sharing asset ($171,000 net increase in 2011 compared to a net decrease of $15.9 million in 2010).

During 2011, we recognized a $656,000 other-than-temporary impairment on a private-label mortgage-backed investment security, which was charged to other operating income. There were no securities sold during 2011.

CitizensTrust consists of Wealth Management and Investment Services income. The Wealth Management Group provides a variety of services, which include asset management, financial planning, estate planning, retirement planning, private and corporate trustee services, and probate services. Investment Services provides self-directed brokerage, 401(k) plans, mutual funds, insurance and other non-insured investment products. CitizensTrust generated fees of $8.7 million in 2011. This represented a modest increase of $320,000, or 3.83%, from fees generated of $8.4 million in 2010.

The Bank invests in Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI). BOLI involves the purchasing of life insurance by the Bank on a selected group of employees. The Bank is the owner and beneficiary of these policies. BOLI is recorded as an asset at its cash surrender value. Increases in the cash value of these policies, as well as insurance proceeds received, are recorded in other operating income and are not subject to income tax, as long as they are held for the life of the covered parties. Bank Owned Life Insurance income of $3.3 million in 2011 reflected a slight increase of $134,000, or 4.29%, compared to BOLI income earned in 2010.

2010 Compared to 2009

During 2010, other operating income decreased $24.0 million, or 29.55%, from other operating income of $81.1 million in 2009. The decrease was primarily due to a $15.9 million charge for the reduction in the FDIC loss sharing asset, partially offset by a $10.5 million increase in net gains on sales of securities; 2009 results included the $21.1 million gain on the SJB acquisition. The $15.9 million net reduction in the FDIC loss sharing asset for 2010 includes a $21.1 million charge due to resolutions of covered loans with losses less than originally expected at acquisition offset by $5.2 million in accretion income.

During 2010, we sold certain securities and recognized a gain on sale of securities of $38.9 million. We also reflected a $904,000 other-than-temporary impairment on a private-label mortgage-backed investment security for 2010, which was charged to other operating income compared to $323,000 for 2009.

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we recorded a pre-tax bargain purchase gain of $21.1 million in connection with our acquisition of SJB. For a detailed discussion on this acquisition and calculation of the gain see Note 2 — Federally Assisted Acquisition of San Joaquin Bank in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. This gain represented about 26% other operating income in 2009.

CitizensTrust generated fees of $8.4 million in 2010, representing an increase of $1.7 million, or 25.63% from fees generated of $6.7 million in 2009. This was primarily due to a nearly 10% increase in managed assets and higher margin wealth management accounts replacing lower margin custody accounts.

BOLI income in 2010 increased $333,000, or 11.93% over BOLI income generated of $2.8 million for 2009, following a $1.0 million death settlement received in 2008.

 

46


Table of Contents

Other Operating Expenses

The components of other operating expenses were as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2011     2010      2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 69,993      $ 69,419       $ 62,985   

Professional services

     15,031        13,308         6,965   

Occupancy

     11,261        12,127         11,649   

Equipment

     5,322        7,221         6,712   

Stationery and supplies

     3,645        4,965         4,509   

Software licenses and maintenance

     3,669        5,031         2,320   

Promotion

     4,977        6,084         6,528   

Amortization of intangibles

     3,481        3,732         3,163   

Provision for unfunded commitments

     (918     2,600         3,750   

OREO expense

     6,729        7,490         1,211   

Prepayment penalties on borrowings

     3,310        18,663         4,402   

Other

     14,525        17,852         19,392   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other operating expenses

   $ 141,025      $ 168,492       $ 133,586   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other operating expenses for the Company include expenses for salaries and benefits, occupancy, equipment, stationary and supplies, professional services, amortization of intangibles, and other expenses.

For the most part, other operating expenses reflected the direct expenses and related administrative expenses associated with staffing, maintaining, promoting, and operating center facilities. Our ability to control other operating expenses in relation to asset growth can be measured in terms of other operating expenses as a percentage of average assets. Other operating expenses measured as a percentage of average assets were 2.17% for 2011, compared to 2.49% for 2010, and 2.01% for 2009.

Our ability to control other operating expenses in relation to the level of total revenue (net interest income plus other operating income) is measured by the efficiency ratio and indicates the percentage of net revenue that is used to cover expenses. For 2011, the efficiency ratio was 53.86%, compared to 66.02% for 2010 and 59.95% for 2009.

2011 Compared to 2010

Other operating expenses of $141.0 million for 2011 represented a decrease of $27.5 million, or 16.30%, over other operating expenses of $168.5 million for 2010. The overall decrease was primarily attributable to decreases of $15.4 million in prepayment penalties on FHLB advances, $2.7 million in supplies and software expense, $3.8 million for regulatory assessment fees, and $1.9 million in equipment expenses. We also recorded a reduction in our reserve for unfunded commitments of $918,000 during 2011 compared to an increase in our reserve for unfunded commitments of $2.6 million during 2010.

Professional services totaled $15.0 million for 2011 compared to $13.3 million for 2010. The 2011 increases were primarily due to increases in legal expenses for credit and collection issues, a Securities and Exchange Commission investigation and other litigation issues that the Company from time to time became involved in. See “Item 3 — Legal Proceedings”.

Salaries and related expenses comprise the greatest portion of other operating expenses. Salaries and related expenses totaled $70.0 million for 2011 representing a slight increase of $574,000, or 0.83%, over salaries and related expenses of $69.4 million for 2010. At December 31, 2011, we employed 809 associates (578 full-time and 231 part-time) compared to 811 associates (572 full-time and 239 part-time) at December 31, 2010. Salaries and related expenses as a percent of average assets increased to 1.08% for 2011, compared to 1.03% for 2010.

 

47


Table of Contents

2010 Compared to 2009

During 2010, other operating expenses of $168.5 million increased $34.9 million, or 26.13%, over other operating expenses of $133.6 million for 2009. The increase in 2010 was primarily due to a $14.3 million increase in prepayment penalties on FHLB advances, a $6.3 million increase in OREO expense, a $6.4 million increase in salaries and related expenses, and a $6.3 million increase in professional services. This was partially offset by a $1.2 million decrease in reserve for unfunded commitments and a $1.3 million decrease in FDIC deposit insurance expense.

Salaries and related expenses totaled $69.4 million for 2010. This represented an increase of $6.4 million, or 10.21%, over salaries and related expenses of $63.0 million for 2009. The increase in salaries and related expenses in 2010 included SJB expenses for the full year, compared to expenses for only the fourth quarter of 2009.

At December 31, 2010, we employed 811 associates (572 full-time and 239 part-time), compared to 831 associates (583 full-time and 248 part-time) at December 31, 2009. Salaries and related expenses as a percent of average assets increased to 1.03% for 2010, compared to 0.95% for 2009.

Professional services totaled $13.3 million for 2010, compared to $7.0 million for 2009. The 2010 increases were primarily due to increases in legal expenses for credit and collection issues, a Securities and Exchange Commission investigation and other litigation issues that the Company from time to time became involved in. See “Item 3 — Legal Proceedings”.

OREO expense for 2010 included $4.1 million in write-downs on non-covered OREO, $1.9 million in write-downs of covered OREO and $1.5 million in maintenance expenses and property taxes associated with OREO properties.

Income Taxes

The Company’s effective tax rate for 2011 was 32.34%, compared to 27.44% for 2010, and 26.70% for 2009. The effective tax rates are below the nominal combined Federal and State tax rates as a result of tax-advantaged income from certain investments and municipal loans and leases as a percentage of total income for each period. The majority of tax-advantaged income is derived from municipal securities.

RESULTS BY SEGMENT OPERATIONS

We have two reportable business segments, which are (i) Business Financial and Commercial Banking Centers and (ii) Treasury. The results of these two segments are included in the reconciliation between business segment totals and our consolidated total. Our business segments do not include the results of administration units that do not meet the definition of an operating segment.

 

48


Table of Contents

Business Financial and Commercial Banking Centers

Key measures we use to evaluate the Business Financial and Commercial Banking Center’s performance are included in the following table for years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The table also provides additional significant segment measures useful to understanding the performance of this segment.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Key Measures:

      

Statement of Operations

      

Interest income

   $ 182,187      $ 242,087      $ 213,106   

Interest expense

     15,295        34,181        40,987   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 166,892      $ 207,906      $ 172,119   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating income

     21,622        23,204        19,537   

Other operating expenses

     49,802        51,922        47,860   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment pretax profit

   $ 138,712      $ 179,188      $ 143,796   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

      

Average loans

   $ 2,639,628      $ 2,822,184      $ 2,701,921   

Average interest-bearing deposits and customer repurchases

   $ 2,946,270      $ 3,179,968      $ 2,670,312   

Yield on loans

     5.96     6.04     5.92

Rate paid on interest-bearing deposits and customer repos

     0.35     0.71     1.06

 

(1) Interest income and interest expense include credit for funds provided and charge for funds used, respectively. These are eliminated in the consolidated presentation.
(2) Yield on loans excludes SJB discount accretion as this is accounted for at the Corporate level.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, Business Financial and Commercial Banking Centers’ segment profits decreased by $40.5 million, or 22.59%, compared to 2010. This was primarily due to a decrease in interest income of $59.9 million, offset by a decrease in interest expense of $18.9 million. The decrease in interest income was primarily due to a $182.6 million, or 6.47% decrease in the average loan balance in 2011 compared to 2010. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to a decrease in rates paid on deposits and a decrease in average interest-bearing deposits and customer repurchase agreements. During 2011 average interest-bearing deposits and customer repurchase agreements decreased $233.7 million, or 7.35%, compared to 2010.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, segment profits increased by $35.4 million, or 24.61%, compared to 2009. This was primarily due to an increase in interest income of $29.0 million and a decrease in interest expense of $6.8 million. The increase in interest income includes a credit for funds provided which is eliminated in the consolidated total. The credit for funds provided increases as deposit balances increase. During 2010, average interest-bearing deposits and customer repurchase agreements increased $509.7 million, or 19.09%, compared to 2009. The decrease in interest expense is due to a decrease in rates paid on deposits offset by increases in average interest-bearing deposits and customer repurchase agreements.

 

49


Table of Contents

Treasury

Key measures we use to evaluate Treasury’s performance are included in the following table for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The table also provides additional significant segment measures useful to understand the performance of this segment.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Key Measures:

      

Statement of Operations

      

Interest income

   $ 62,732      $ 76,651      $ 104,778   

Interest expense

     56,386        73,786        83,649   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 6,346      $ 2,865      $ 21,129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating income

     (655     37,997        28,124   

Other operating expenses

     4,117        20,125        5,945   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment pretax profit (loss)

   $ 1,574      $ 20,737      $ 43,308   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

      

Average investments

   $ 1,983,774      $ 1,970,412      $ 2,327,782   

Average interest-bearing deposits

   $ 240,302      $ 240,316      $ 246,307   

Average borrowings

   $ 552,155      $ 796,321      $ 1,367,620   

Yield on investments-TE

     3.59     4.35     4.98

Non-tax equivalent yield

     3.09     3.82     4.49

Rate paid on borrowings

     3.80     4.00     4.01

 

(1) Interest income and interest expense include credit for funds provided and charge for funds used, respectively. These are eliminated in the consolidated presentation.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, Treasury segment profits decreased by $19.2 million compared to 2010. The decrease was primarily due to $38.9 million in gain on the sale of investment securities in 2010, offset by a decrease of $16.0 million in other operating expense, primarily attributable to a $15.4 million decrease in prepayment penalties in 2011. This was partially offset by a $13.9 million reduction in interest income due to a 76 basis point decrease in yield on investments in 2011. Interest expense decreased $17.4 million and interest income decreased $13.9 million. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to a decrease of $244.2 million in average borrowings from 2010 to 2011.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, Treasury segment profits decreased by $22.6 million compared to 2009. This decrease was due in part to the sale of investment securities in 2010 and reinvestment into instruments with lower interest rates, resulting in $28.1 million less interest income generated in 2010 compared to 2009. This was partially offset by a $9.9 million reduction in interest expense as average borrowings decreased by $571.3 million from 2009 to 2010. The $38.9 million gain on the sale of investment securities helped to increase other operating income by $9.9 million (from $28.1 million in 2009 to $38.0 million in 2010) in 2010. However, this was partially offset by $18.7 million in prepayment penalties in 2010, which was reflected in other operating expense.

There are no provisions for credit losses or taxes in the segments as these are accounted for at the Company level.

 

50


Table of Contents

Other

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Key Measures:

      

Statement of Operations

      

Interest income

   $ 89,233      $ 99,268      $ 69,867   

Interest expense

     27,790        50,722        40,851   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 61,443      $ 48,546      $ 29,016   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for cedit losses

     7,068        61,200        80,500   

Other operating income

     13,249        (4,087     33,410   

Other operating expenses

     87,106        96,445        79,781   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-tax loss

   $ (19,482   $ (113,186   $ (97,855
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

      

Average loans

   $ 906,133      $ 1,085,929      $ 1,033,571   

Average interest-bearing deposits and customer repos

   $ (3,555   $ 35,202      $ 85,362   

Yield on loans

     5.49     6.48     4.45

 

(1) Interest income and interest expense include credit for funds provided and charge for funds used, respectively. These are eliminated in the consolidated presentation.

The Company’s administration and other operating departments reported pre-tax loss of $19.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This represented a decrease of $93.7 million over pre-tax loss of $113.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The reduction in pre-tax loss was primarily attributed to the decrease in provision for credit losses of $54.1 million, an increase in other operating income of $17.3 million, an increase in net interest income of $12.9 million, and a decrease in other operating expense of $9.3 million. Interest income in 2011 included $12.6 million in accelerated accretion on SJB acquired loans compared to $26.7 million in 2009.

Pre-tax loss for 2010 increased $15.3 million to $113.2 million, from pre-tax loss of $97.9 million for 2009. The increase was primarily due to a $37.5 million decrease in other operating income and a $16.7 million increase in other operating expense, partially offset by a $ 19.3 million decrease in provision for credit losses and a $19.5 million increase in net interest income. Interest income in 2010 included $26.7 million in accelerated accretion on SJB acquired loans.

 

51


Table of Contents

ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

The Company reported total assets of $6.48 billion at December 31, 2011. This represented an increase of $46.2 million, or 0.72%, from total assets of $6.44 billion at December 31, 2010. Total liabilities were $5.77 billion at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $24.7 million, or 0.43%, from total liabilities of $5.79 billion at December 31, 2010. Total equity increased $71.0 million, or 11.02%, to $714.8 million at December 31, 2011 compared to total equity of $643.9 million at December 31, 2010.

Investment Securities

The Company maintains a portfolio of investment securities to provide interest income and to serve as a source of liquidity for its ongoing operations. The tables below set forth information concerning the composition of the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the maturity distribution of the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2011.

At December 31, 2011, we reported total investment securities of $2.20 billion. This represented an increase of $409.2 million, or 22.80%, from total investment securities of $1.79 billion at December 31, 2010. Investment securities comprised 35.96% of the Company’s total earning assets as of December 31, 2011. During 2010, we sold certain securities and recognized gains on sales of securities of $38.9 million. No securities were sold in 2011.

Securities held as “available-for-sale” are reported at current fair value for financial reporting purposes. The related unrealized gain or loss, net of income taxes, is recorded as other comprehensive income and is reflected in stockholders’ equity. At December 31, 2011, securities held as available-for-sale had a fair value of $2.20 billion with an amortized cost of $2.13 billion. At December 31, 2011, the net unrealized holding gain on securities available-for-sale was $71.5 million that resulted in accumulated other comprehensive gain of $41.5 million (net of $30.0 million in deferred taxes). At December 31, 2010, the net unrealized holding gain on securities available-for-sale was $11.1 million that resulted in an accumulated other comprehensive gain of $6.2 million.

Table 3 - Composition of the Fair Value of Securities Available-for-Sale:

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
     2011     2010     2009  
     Fair Value      Total Percent     Fair Value      Percent     Amount      Percent  

U.S. Treasury Obligations

   $ —           0.00   $ —           0.00   $ 507         0.02

Government agency

     46,507         2.11     106,273         5.93     21,713         1.03

Mortgage-backed securities

     888,000         40.33     808,409         45.12     647,168         30.70

CMO/REMICs

     604,508         27.46     270,477         15.10     773,165         36.67

Municipal bonds

     652,037         29.62     606,399         33.85     663,426         31.46

Other securities

     10,474         0.48     —           0.00     2,484         0.12
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 2,201,526         100.00   $ 1,791,558         100.00   $ 2,108,463         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

The maturity distribution of the available-for-sale portfolio at December 31, 2011 consists of the following:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   One year
or less
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    After one
year through
Five Years
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    After five
years through
Ten Years
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    After
ten
years
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Balance as of
December 31,
2011
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    % to Total  

Government agency and government-sponsored enterprises

  $ 26,097        1.48   $ 20,410        1.06   $ —          0.00   $ —          0.00   $ 46,507        1.29     2.11

Mortgage-backed securities

    31,975        3.90     760,565        2.57     74,633        3.76     20,827        3.02     888,000        2.72     40.33

CMO/REMICs

    5,281        4.63     523,539        2.40     75,688        3.56     —          0.00     604,508        2.56     27.46

Municipal bonds (1)

    53,341        3.46     375,035        3.97     189,788        3.73     33,873        4.04     652,037        3.86     29.62

Other Securities

    10,474        3.49     —          0.00     —          0.00     —          0.00     10,474        3.49     0.48
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

TOTAL

  $ 127,168        3.22   $ 1,679,549        2.81   $ 340,109        3.70   $ 54,700        3.65   $ 2,201,526        2.99     100.00
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) The weighted average yield is not tax-equivalent. The tax-equivalent yield is 3.59%

The maturity of each security category is defined as the contractual maturity except for the categories of mortgage-backed securities and CMO/REMICs whose maturities are defined as the estimated average life. The final maturity of mortgage-backed securities and CMO/REMICs will differ from their contractual maturities because the underlying mortgages have the right to repay such obligations without penalty. The speed at which the underlying mortgages repay is influenced by many factors, one of which is interest rates. Mortgages tend to repay faster as interest rates fall and slower as interest rate rise. This will either shorten or extend the estimated average life. Also, the yield on mortgage-backed securities and CMO/REMICs are affected by the speed at which the underlying mortgages repay. This is caused by the change in the amount of amortization of premiums or accretion of discount of each security as repayments increase or decrease. The Company obtains the estimated average life of each security from independent third parties.

The weighted-average yield (TE) on the investment portfolio at December 31, 2011 was 2.99% with a weighted-average life of 3.6 years. This compares to a weighted-average yield of 3.25% at December 31, 2010 with a weighted-average life of 4.6 years. The weighted average life is the average number of years that each dollar of unpaid principal due remains outstanding. Average life is computed as the weighted-average time to the receipt of all future cash flows, using as the weights the dollar amounts of the principal pay-downs.

Approximately 70% of the securities in the investment portfolio, at December 31, 2011, are issued by the U.S. government or U.S. government-sponsored agencies which have the implied guarantee of payment of principal and interest. As of December 31, 2011, approximately $106.0 million in U.S. government agency bonds are callable.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company held investment securities in excess of ten-percent of shareholders’ equity from the following issuers:

 

Investment Portfolio by Major Issuers                            
(Dollars in thousands)    December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Book Value      Market Value      Book Value      Market Value  

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp

   $ 613,392       $ 626,453       $ 387,794       $ 391,189   

Federal National Mortgage Association

     853,139         867,186         756,659         762,372   

 

53


Table of Contents

The following table presents municipal securities by the top five holdings by state:

Municipal Securities by Largest State Holdings

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     December 31, 2011  

State

   Amortized Cost     Fair Value  

New Jersey

   $ 87,056         14.3   $ 93,769         14.4

Illinois

     75,981         12.5     80,240         12.3

Michigan

     73,827         12.1     78,635         12.1

Texas

     48,852         8.0     52,729         8.1

California

     37,913         6.2     38,438         5.9

All Other States

     284,946         46.9     308,226         47.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 608,575         100.0   $ 652,037         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2010  

State

   Amortized Cost     Fair Value  

New Jersey

   $ 90,211         14.9   $ 92,004         15.2

Illinois

     77,878         12.9     78,435         12.9

Michigan

     76,367         12.6     74,329         12.3

Washington

     42,591         7.0     42,787         7.1

California

     37,983         6.3     37,443         6.2

All Other States

     280,169         46.3     281,401         46.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 605,199         100.0   $ 606,399         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Municipal securities held by the Bank are issued by various states and their various local municipalities.

Composition of the Fair Value and Gross Unrealized Losses of Securities:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Less than 12 months      12 months or longer      Total  
Description of Securities    Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Held-To-Maturity

                 

CMO

   $ 2,383       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 2,383       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale

                 

Government agency

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     75,754         334         —           —           75,754         334   

CMO/REMICs — Residential

     133,471         665         —           —           133,471         665   

Municipal bonds

     22,184         203         —           —           22,184         203   

Other Securities

     2,500         4         —           —           2,500         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 233,909       $ 1,206       $ —         $ —         $ 233,909       $ 1,206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Less than 12 months      12 months or longer      Total  
Description of Securities    Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Held-To-Maturity

                 

CMO

   $ —         $ —         $ 3,143       $ 401       $ 3,143       $ 401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale

                 

Government agency

   $ 79,635       $ 214       $ —         $ —         $ 79,635       $ 214   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     449,806         6,366         —           —           449,806         6,366   

CMO/REMICs — Residential

     144,234         1,379         —           —           144,234         1,379   

Municipal bonds

     225,928         8,844         5,585         899         231,513         9,743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 899,603       $ 16,803       $ 5,585       $ 899       $ 905,188       $ 17,702   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The tables above show the Company’s investment securities’ gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The unrealized losses on these securities were primarily attributed to changes in interest rates. The issuers of these securities have not, to our knowledge, established any cause for default on these securities. These securities have fluctuated in value since their purchase dates as market rates have fluctuated. However, we have the ability and the intention to hold these securities until their fair values recover to cost or maturity. As such, management does not deem these securities to be other-than-temporarily-impaired except for one bond held to maturity described below. A summary of our analysis of these securities and the unrealized losses is described more fully in Note 3 — Investment Securities in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Economic trends may adversely affect the value of the portfolio of investment securities that we hold.

During 2011, the Company recognized an other-than-temporary impairment on the held-to-maturity investment security. The total impairment of $254,000 plus $402,000 for the non-credit portion reclassified from other comprehensive income for a $656,000 net impairment loss charged to other operating income.

Non-Covered Loans

At December 31, 2011, total non-covered loans, net of deferred loan fees, were $3.22 billion. This represented a decrease of $154.0 million, or 4.56%, from non-covered loans of $3.38 billion at December 31, 2010. The loan portfolio was affected by real estate trends, diminished loan demand and the weakening of the economy. The overall decrease was attributed to the following:

 

   

$62.8 million decline in construction loans.

 

   

$45.3 million in note sales related to our former largest borrower.

 

   

$32.8 million decrease in the dairy and livestock portfolio.

 

   

$36.2 million decline in purchased mortgage pool loans.

Table 4 presents the distribution of our non-covered loans at the dates indicated.

 

55


Table of Contents

TABLE 4 — Distribution of Loan Portfolio by Type (Non-Covered Loans)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and Industrial

   $ 494,299      $ 460,399      $ 413,715      $ 370,829      $ 365,214   

Real Estate

          

Construction

     76,146        138,980        265,444        351,543        308,354   

Commercial Real Estate

     1,948,292        1,980,256        1,989,644        1,945,706        1,805,946   

SFR Mortgage

     176,442        218,467        265,543        333,931        365,849   

Consumer, net of unearned discount

     51,436        56,747        67,693        66,255        58,999   

Municipal Lease Finance Receivables

     113,460        128,552        159,582        172,973        156,646   

Auto and equipment leases

     17,370        17,982        30,337        45,465        58,505   

Dairy and Livestock/Agribusiness

     347,677        377,829        422,958        459,329        387,488   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Loans (Non-Covered)

     3,225,122        3,379,212        3,614,916        3,746,031        3,507,001   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less:

          

Allowance for Credit Losses

     (93,964     (105,259     (108,924     (53,960     (33,049

Deferred Loan Fees

     (5,395     (5,484     (6,537     (9,193     (11,857
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Net Loans (Non-Covered)

   $ 3,125,763      $ 3,268,469      $ 3,499,455      $ 3,682,878      $ 3,462,095   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans are loans to commercial entities to finance capital purchases or improvements, or to provide cash flow for operations. Real estate loans are loans secured by conforming first trust deeds on real property, including property under construction, land development, commercial property and single- family and multifamily residences. Consumer loans include installment loans to consumers as well as home equity loans and other loans secured by junior liens on real property. Municipal lease finance receivables are leases to municipalities. Dairy, livestock and agribusiness loans are loans to finance the operating needs of wholesale dairy farm operations, cattle feeders, livestock raisers, and farmers.

Our loan portfolio is primarily located throughout our marketplace. The following is the breakdown of our total non-covered held-for-investment commercial real estate loans by region at December 31, 2011.

 

     December 31, 2011  

Non-Covered

Loans by Market Area

   Total Non-Covered Loans     Commercial
Real Estate Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Los Angeles County

   $ 1,118,271         34.7   $ 701,028         36.0

Inland Empire

     633,881         19.6     530,767         27.2

Central Valley

     593,133         18.4     350,194         18.0

Orange County

     471,508         14.6     192,966         9.9

Other Areas

     408,329         12.7     173,337         8.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,225,122             100.0   $ 1,948,292         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of concern in the current credit and economic environments is our real estate loans. Our real estate loans are comprised of single-family residences, multifamily residences, industrial, office and retail. We strive to have an original loan-to-value ratio less than 75%. This table breaks down our real estate portfolio, with the exception of construction loans which are addressed in a separate table.

 

56


Table of Contents

 

     December 31, 2011  

Non-Covered Commercial and

SFR Real Estate Loans

(Dollars in thousands)

   Loan Balance      Percent     Percent
Owner-
Occupied (1)
    Average
Loan
Balance
 

Single Family-Direct

   $ 42,400         2.0     100.0   $ 219   

Single Family-Mortgage Pools

     134,042         6.3     100.0     283   

Multifamily

     122,238         5.8     0.0     1,091   

Industrial

     619,689         29.3     34.8     889   

Office

     356,867         16.8     29.2     939   

Retail

     289,279         13.5     11.1     1,215   

Medical

     130,715         6.2     42.5     1,594   

Secured by Farmland

     160,160         7.4     100.0     2,027   

Other

     269,344         12.7     49.0     1,090   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     
   $ 2,124,734         100.0     41.2   $ 1,056   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

(1) Represents percentage of owner-occupied in each real estate loan category

In the table above, Single Family-Direct represents those single-family residence loans that we have made directly to our customers. These loans totaled $42.4 million. In addition, we have purchased pools of owner-occupied single-family loans from real estate lenders, Single Family-Mortgage Pools, totaling $134.0 million. These loans were purchased with average FICO scores predominantly ranging from 700 to over 800 and overall original loan-to-value ratios of 60% to 80%. These pools were purchased to diversify our loan portfolio since we make few single-family loans. Due to market conditions, we have not purchased any mortgage pools since August 2007.

 

Non-Covered

Construction Loans

   December 31, 2011  
(Dollars in thousands)    SFR & Multifamily  
     Land
Development
           Construction            Total         

Los Angeles

   $ —           —        $ 673         63.2   $ 673         18.8

Central Valley

     1,329         52.9     —           —          1,329         37.1

Orange

     1,185         47.1     5         0.5     1,190         33.3

San Diego

     —           —          386         36.3     386         10.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,514         100.0   $ 1,064         100.0   $ 3,578         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Performing

   $ 920         36.6   $ —           —        $ 920         25.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Commercial  
     Land
Development
           Construction            Total         

Inland Empire

   $ —           —        $ 17,992         24.9   $ 17,992         24.8

Los Angeles

     —           —          33,983         47.1     33,983         46.8

Central Valley

     —           —          2,350         3.3     2,350         3.3

Other (includes out-of-state)

     449         100.0     17,794         24.7     18,243         25.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 449         100.0   $ 72,119         100.0   $ 72,568         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Performing

     —           —        $ 12,397         17.2   $ 12,397         17.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $76.1 million in non-covered construction loans. This represents 2.36% of total non-covered gross loans outstanding of $3.23 billion. Of this $76.1 million in construction loans, approximately 4.70%, or $3.6 million, were for single-family residences, residential land loans, and multi-family land development loans. The remaining construction loans, totaling $72.6 million, were

 

57


Table of Contents

related to commercial construction. The average balance of any single construction loan was approximately $2.7 million. Our construction loans are located throughout our marketplace as can be seen in the table above.

Covered Loans from the SJB Acquisition

These covered loans were acquired from SJB on October 16, 2009 and are subject to a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC, the terms of which provide that the FDIC will absorb 80% of losses and share in 80% of loss recoveries up to $144.0 million with respect to covered assets, after a first loss amount of $26.7 million, which is assumed by the Bank. The FDIC will reimburse the Bank for 95% of losses and share in 95% of loss recoveries in excess of $144.0 million with respect to covered assets. The loss sharing agreement is in effect for 5 years for commercial loans and 10 years for single-family residential loans from the October 16, 2009 acquisition date and the loss recovery provisions are in effect for 8 and 10 years, respectively for commercial and single-family residential loans from the acquisition date.

The SJB loan portfolio included unfunded commitments for commercial lines or credit, construction draws and other lending activity. The total commitment outstanding as of the acquisition date is included under the shared-loss agreement. As such, any additional advances up to the total commitment outstanding at the time of acquisition are covered loans.

Covered loans acquired will continue to be subject to our credit review and monitoring. If deterioration is experienced subsequent to the October 16, 2009 acquisition fair value amount, such deterioration will be in our loan loss methodology and a provision for credit losses will be charged to earnings with a partially offsetting other operating income item reflecting the increase to the FDIC loss sharing asset.

The table below presents the distribution of our covered loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Distribution of Loan Portfolio by Type

(Covered Loans)

 

     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and Industrial

   $ 29,651        9.6   $ 39,587        8.1

Real Estate

        

Construction

     18,685        6.1     84,498        17.3

Commercial Real Estate

     223,107        72.5     292,014        59.7

SFR Mortgage

     3,289        1.1     5,858        1.2

Consumer, net of unearned discount

     8,353        2.7     10,624        2.2

Municipal Lease Finance Receivables

     169        0.1     576        0.1

Dairy, Livestock and Agribusiness

     24,395        7.9     55,618        11.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Loans

     307,649        100.0     488,775        100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less:

        

Purchased accounting discount

     (50,780       (114,763  

Deferred Loan Fees

     —            —       
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net Valuation of Loans

   $ 256,869        $ 374,012     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

The excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the initial fair value of acquired loans is referred to as the accretable yield and is accreted into interest income over the estimated life of the acquired loans using the effective yield method. The accretable yield will change due to:

 

   

estimate of the remaining life of acquired loans which may change the amount of future interest income;

 

   

estimate of the amount of contractually required principal and interest payments over the estimated life that will not be collected (the nonaccretable difference); and

 

   

indices for acquired loans with variable rates of interest.

 

58


Table of Contents

 

     December 31, 2011  

Covered

Loans by Market Area

   Total Covered Loans     Covered Commercial
Real Estate Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Los Angeles County

   $ 15,145         4.9   $ 11,364        5.1

Inland Empire

     2,667         0.9     126        0.1

Central Valley

     255,967         83.2     192,145        86.1

Other Areas (1)

     33,870         11.0     19,472        8.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 307,649         100.0   $ 223,107        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     December 31, 2011  

Covered Commercial and SFR

Real Estate Loans

(Dollars in thousands)

   Loan Balance      Percent     Percent
Owner-
Occupied (1)
    Average
Loan
Balance
 

Single Family-Direct

   $ 3,289         1.5     100.0     110   

Multifamily

     2,983         1.3     0.0     994   

Industrial

     52,292         23.2     47.6     804   

Office

     27,487         12.1     56.0     550   

Retail

     30,339         13.4     33.4     758   

Medical

     23,781         10.5     68.1     1,132   

Secured by Farmland

     12,088         5.3     100.0     526   

Other

     74,137         32.7     21.1     1,016   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     
   $ 226,396         100.0     43.1     848   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

(1) Represents percentage of reported owner-occupied in each real estate loan category

Non-Covered and Covered Loans

Table 5 provides the maturity distribution for commercial and industrial loans, real estate construction loans and dairy and livestock/agribusiness loans as of December 31, 2011. The loan amounts are based on contractual maturities although the borrowers have the ability to prepay the loans. Amounts are also classified according to re-pricing opportunities or rate sensitivity. The following table includes both covered and non-covered loans.

TABLE 5 — Loan Maturities and Interest Rate Category at December 31, 2011

 

     Within
One Year
     After One
But
Within
Five Years
     After
Five Years
     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Types of Loans:

           

Commercial and industrial

   $ 193,312       $ 134,468       $ 196,170       $ 523,950   

Commercial Real Estate

     120,646         749,170         1,301,583         2,171,399   

Construction

     64,491         24,632         5,708         94,831   

Dairy and Livestock/Agribusiness

     339,616         25,557         6,899         372,072   

Other

     23,985         42,179         304,355         370,519   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 742,050       $ 976,006       $ 1,814,715       $ 3,532,771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amount of Loans based upon:

           

Fixed Rates

   $ 52,163       $ 468,755       $ 787,845       $ 1,308,763   

Floating or adjustable rates

     689,887         507,251         1,026,870         2,224,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 742,050       $ 976,006       $ 1,814,715       $ 3,532,771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

As a normal practice in extending credit for commercial and industrial purposes, we may accept trust deeds on real property as collateral. In some cases, when the primary source of repayment for the loan is anticipated to come from the cash flow from normal operations of the borrower, and real property has been taken as collateral, the real property is considered a secondary source of repayment for the loan. Since we lend primarily in Southern and Central California, our real estate loan collateral is concentrated in this region. At December 31, 2011, substantially all of our loans secured by real estate were collateralized by properties located in California. This concentration is considered when determining the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses.

Non-Performing Assets (Non-Covered)

The following table provides information on non-covered non-performing assets at the dates indicated.

TABLE 6 — Non-Performing Assets, Non-Covered

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 38,828      $ 84,050      $ 68,762      $ 17,684      $ 1,435   

Troubled debt restructured loans (non-performing)

     23,844        72,970        1,017        —          —     

Other real estate owned (OREO)

     13,820        5,290        3,936        6,565        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 76,492      $ 162,310      $ 73,715      $ 24,249      $ 1,435   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructured performing loans

   $ 38,554      $ 13,274      $ 2,500      $ 2,500      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of nonperforming assets to total net loans outstanding & OREO

     2.37     4.80     2.04     0.65     0.04
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of nonperforming assets to total assets

     1.18     2.52     1.09     0.36     0.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We had loans with a gross balance of $101.2 million classified as impaired as of December 31, 2011. This balance included the non-performing loans of $62.7 million and loans including loans which were restructured in a troubled debt restructuring with a balance of $62.4 million, of which $23.8 million were non-performing and $38.6 million were performing, as of December 31, 2011. Of the $23.8 million in non-performing TDRs, $3.3 million are not paying in accordance with the modified terms at December 31, 2011 and the remaining $20.5 million have either not demonstrated repayment performance for a sustained period and/or we have not received all necessary documents to determine the borrower’s ability to meet all future principal and interest payments under the modified terms. As of December 31, 2010, we had impaired loans with a balance of $170.3 million. The decrease of $69.1 million in impaired loans for 2011 was primarily due to the sale of loans related to our former largest borrowing relationship as well as transfers to OREO. Impaired loans measured 3.14% of total non-covered loans as of December 31, 2011.

Of the total impaired loans as of December 31, 2011, $70.2 million were considered collateral dependent and measured using the fair value of the collateral based on current appraisals (obtained within 1 year). The amount of impaired loans measured using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans effective rate were $31.1 million.

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, impaired loans of $38.6 million and $13.3 million, respectively, were classified as accruing restructured loans, respectively. Of the $25.3 million increase in performing TDRs, $17.1 million was due to two commercial real estate loans that emerged out of bankruptcy court and are now paying in accordance with the terms approved by the court. The restructurings were granted in response to borrower financial difficulty, and generally provide for a modification of loan repayment terms. The restructured loans on accrual status represent the only impaired loans accruing interest at each respective date. A performing restructured loan is reasonably assured of repayment and is performing according to the modified terms.

 

60


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, there was $27,000 and zero of related allowance on TDRs, respectively, as any impairment amounts identified are charged off against the allowance at the time a probable loss is determined. Total charge-offs on TDRs for 2011 and 2010 were $13.1 million and $44.4 million, respectively.

We have not restructured loans into multiple loans in what is typically referred to as an A/B note structure, where normally the A note meets current underwriting standards and the B note is typically immediately charged-off upon restructuring.

As of December 31, 2011, we had $13.8 million in non-covered OREO compared to $5.3 million as of December 31, 2010, an increase of $8.5 million. This was primarily due to the transfer of $16.1 million from non-performing loans during 2011, offset by the sales of existing OREO properties of $6.9 million and write-downs of OREO of $655,000.

Non-Performing Assets and Delinquencies (Non-Covered)

The table below provides trends in our non-performing assets and delinquencies during 2011 for total, covered and non-covered loans.

 

61


Table of Contents

Non-Performing Assets & Delinquency Trends

(Non-Covered Loans)

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     December 31,
2011
    September 30,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    March 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Non-Performing Loans

          

Residential Construction and Land

   $ 920      $ 989      $ 1,080      $ 4,001      $ 4,090   

Commercial Construction and Land

     12,397        13,779        23,953        39,975        60,591   

Residential Mortgage

     16,970        18,792        17,786        18,425        17,800   

Commercial Real Estate

     25,992        25,454        24,731        34,951        64,859   

Commercial and Industrial

     3,432        3,277        4,649        7,542        3,887   

Dairy & Livestock

     2,475        2,574        2,672        2,996        5,207   

Consumer

     382        340        179        259        537   

Auto & Equipment Leases

     104        7        —          1        49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 62,672      $ 65,212      $ 75,050      $ 108,150      $ 157,020   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Total Loans, net of deferred fees

     1.95     2.06     2.35     3.33     4.65

Past Due 30-89 Days

          

Residential Construction and Land

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Commercial Construction and Land

     —          —          —          1,492        —     

Residential Mortgage

     1,568        —          460        993        2,597   

Commercial Real Estate

     787          2,590        898        3,194   

Commercial and Industrial

     3,022        940        675        72        3,213   

Dairy & Livestock

     —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer

     59        14        91        9        29   

Auto & Equipment Leases

     20        997        65        167        107   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,456      $ 1,951      $ 3,881      $ 3,631      $ 9,140   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Total Loans, net of deferred fees

     0.17     0.06     0.12     0.11     0.27

OREO

          

Residential Construction and Land

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Commercial Construction and Land

     7,117        8,580        7,117        2,709        2,709   

Commercial Real Estate

     6,566        7,376        6,314        3,322        2,581   

Commercial and Industrial

     137        —          —          209        —     

Residential Mortgage

     —          —          287        —          —     

Consumer

     —          —          —          —          —     

Auto & Equipment Leases

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,820      $ 15,956      $ 13,718      $ 6,240      $ 5,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Performing, Past Due & OREO

   $ 81,948      $ 83,119      $ 92,649      $ 118,021      $ 171,450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Total Loans, net of deferred fees

     2.55     2.62     2.90     3.63     5.08

We had $62.7 million in non-covered non-performing loans at December 31, 2011, or 1.95% of total non-covered net loans. This compares to $157.0 million in non-performing loans at December 31, 2010. Five customer relationships make up $28.0 million, or 44.62%, of our non-performing loans at December 31, 2011. Three of these customer relationships are commercial real estate developers (owner/non-owner occupied) and the primary collateral for these loans is commercial real estate properties. Two of the customer relationships are in the dairy and livestock industry; and the collateral is primarily the dairy farm property and the dairy livestock. These five customer relationships have had total charge-offs of $8.8 million and have $2.3 million of related allowance at December 31, 2011.

 

62


Table of Contents

The economic downturn has had an impact on our market area and on our loan portfolio. We continually monitor these conditions in determining our estimates of needed reserves. However, we cannot predict the extent to which the deterioration in general economic conditions, real estate values, increases in general rates of interest, and changes in the financial conditions or business of a borrower may adversely affect a borrower’s ability to pay. See “Risk Management — Credit Risk” herein.

Non-Performing Assets-Covered

Loans acquired through the SJB acquisition are accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (“ASC 310-30”). Covered loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 are generally considered accruing and performing loans as the loans accrete interest income over the estimated life of the loan when cash flows are reasonably estimable. Accordingly, acquired impaired loans that are contractually past due are still considered to be accruing and performing loans. If the timing and amount of future cash flows is not reasonably estimable, the loans may be classified as non-performing loans and interest income is not recognized until the timing and amount of future cash flows can be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2011, there were no covered loans considered as non-performing as described above. There were sixteen properties in covered OREO totaling $9.8 million as of December, 2011 compared to seventeen properties totaling $11.3 million as of December 31, 2010.

Deposits

The primary source of funds to support earning assets (loans and investments) is the generation of deposits from our customer base. The ability to grow the customer base and deposits from these customers are crucial elements in the performance of the Company.

Total deposits were $4.60 billion at December 31, 2011. This represented an increase of $85.7 million, or 1.90%, over total deposits of $4.52 billion at December 31, 2010. This increase was due to organic growth primarily from our Specialty Banking Group and Commercial Banking Centers. The average balance of deposits by category and the average effective interest rates paid on deposits is summarized for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 in the table below.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     Average  
     Balance      Rate     Balance      Rate     Balance      Rate  
                  (Dollars in thousands)               

Non-interest bearing deposits

               

Demand deposits

   $ 1,905,605         —        $ 1,669,611         —        $ 1,431,204         —     

Interest bearing deposits

               

Investment Checking

     343,150         0.10     427,016         0.27     403,092         0.41

Money Market

     1,135,742         0.40     1,015,396         0.72     816,199         0.98

Savings

     262,236         0.26     256,216         0.58     147,065         0.49

Time deposits

     910,965         0.34     1,188,878         0.70     1,195,378         1.22
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total deposits

   $ 4,557,698         $ 4,557,117         $ 3,992,938      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

The amount of non-interest-bearing demand deposits in relation to total deposits is an integral element in achieving a low cost of funds. Average demand deposits totaled $1.91 billion for 2011, representing an increase of $236.0 million, or 14.13%, from average demand deposits of $1.67 billion for 2010. Average non-interest-bearing demand deposits represented 41.81% of total average deposits for 2011 compared to 36.64% of total average deposits for 2010.

 

63


Table of Contents

Average savings deposits, which include savings, interest-bearing demand, and money market accounts, were $1.74 billion for 2011, representing an increase of $42.5 million, or 2.50%, from average savings deposits of $1.70 billion for 2010.

Average time deposits totaled $911.0 million for 2011, representing a decrease of $277.9 million, or 23.38%, from total average time deposits of $1.19 billion for 2010.

Table 7 provides the remaining maturities of large denomination ($100,000 or more) time deposits, including public funds, at December 31, 2011.

Table 7 — Maturity Distribution of Large Denomination Time Deposits

 

     (Dollars in thousands)  

3 months or less

   $ 544,322   

Over 3 months through 6 months

     128,637   

Over 6 months through 12 months

     59,658   

Over 12 months

     11,921   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 744,538   
  

 

 

 

Other Borrowed Funds

To achieve the desired growth in earning assets and to fully utilize our capital, we first pursue non-interest-bearing deposits (the lowest cost of funds to the Company). Next, we pursue growth in interest-bearing deposits, and finally, we seek to supplement the growth in deposits with borrowed funds. Average borrowed funds, as a percent of total funding (total deposits plus demand notes plus borrowed funds), was 19.24% for 2011 as compared to 23.11% for 2010.

The following table summarizes these borrowings:

 

     Repurchase
Agreements
    FHLB
Borrowings
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

At December 31, 2011

    

Amount outstanding

   $ 509,370      $ 448,662   

Weighted-average interest rate

     0.35     3.89

For the year ended December 31, 2011

    

Highest amount at month-end

   $ 581,579      $ 548,639   

Daily-average amount outstanding

   $ 530,924      $ 547,987   

Weighted-average interest rate

     0.38     3.82

At December 31, 2010

    

Amount outstanding

   $ 542,188      $ 548,390   

Weighted-average interest rate

     0.55     3.71

For the year ended December 31, 2010

    

Highest amount at month-end

   $ 594,661      $ 998,141   

Daily-average amount outstanding

   $ 567,980      $ 790,590   

Weighted-average interest rate

     0.78     4.02

At December 31, 2011, borrowed funds totaled $958.0 million. This represented a decrease of $137.5 million, or 12.55%, from total borrowed funds of $1.10 billion at December 31, 2010. During 2011, we prepaid a $100.0 million of our FHLB advances, which carried an interest rate of 2.89% and was scheduled to mature in April 2013. The repayment of this debt resulted in a $3.3 million prepayment charge, and was reflected in other operating expense. During 2010, we prepaid a $250.0 million structured repurchase agreement with an

 

64


Table of Contents

interest rate of 4.95% and a $100.0 million FHLB advance with an interest rate of 3.21%. These transactions resulted in an $18.7 million prepayment charge recorded in other operating expense. In addition, a $100 million FHLB advance matured and was not replaced.

In November 2006, we began a repurchase agreement product with our customers. This product, known as Citizens Sweep Manager, sells our investment securities overnight to our customers under an agreement to repurchase them the next day. These repurchase agreements are with customers who have other banking relationships with us. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, total customer repurchases were $509.4 million and $542.2 million, respectively, with weighted average interest rates of 0.35% and 0.55%, respectively.

We entered into borrowing agreements with the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). We had outstanding balances of $448.7 million under these agreements at December 31, 2011 and $548.4 million at December 31, 2010. The weighted average interest rate was 3.89% and 3.71% at December, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The FHLB holds certain investment securities and loans as collateral for these borrowings.

The Company has an agreement, known as the Treasury Tax & Loan (“TT&L”) Note Option Program, with the Federal Reserve Bank and the U.S. Department of Treasury in which federal tax deposits made by depositors can be held until called (withdrawn) by the U.S. Department of Treasury. The maximum amount of accumulated federal tax deposits allowable to be held, as set forth in the agreement, is $15.0 million. On December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 the amounts held by the Bank in the TT&L Note Option Program were zero and $1.9 million, respectively, collateralized by securities. Amounts are payable on demand.

Through the acquisition of FCB in June 2007, we acquired $5 million in junior subordinated debt. This debt was redeemed in July, 2011.

Aggregate Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes the aggregate contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011:

 

            Maturity by Period  
     Total      Less Than
One

Year
     One Year
to Three
Years
     Four Year
to Five
Years
     After
Five
Years
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposits

   $ 4,604,548       $ 4,588,486       $ 11,107       $ 1,704       $ 3,251   

Customer Repurchase Agreements

     509,370         509,370         —           —           —     

FHLB and Other Borrowings

     448,662               448,662      

Junior Subordinated Debentures

     115,055         —           —           —           115,055   

Deferred Compensation

     8,735         801         1,591         1,270         5,073   

Operating Leases

     22,452         5,305         7,720         5,222         4,205   

Advertising Agreements

     7,504         1,589         2,295         1,890         1,730   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,716,326       $ 5,105,551       $ 22,713       $ 458,748       $ 129,314   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits represent non-interest bearing, money market, savings, NOW, certificates of deposits, brokered and all other deposits held by the Company.

Customer repurchase agreements represent excess amounts swept from customer demand deposit accounts, which mature the following business day and are collateralized by investment securities. These amounts are due to customers.

FHLB Borrowings represent the amounts that are due to the Federal Home Loan Bank. These borrowings have fixed maturity dates.

 

65


Table of Contents

Junior subordinated debentures represent the amounts that are due from the Company to CVB Statutory Trust I, CVB Statutory Trust II & CVB Statutory Trust III. The debentures have the same maturity as the Trust Preferred Securities. CVB Statutory Trust I, which matures in 2033, became callable in whole or in part in December 2008. CVB Statutory Trust II matures in 2034, and became callable in whole or in part in January 2009. CVB Statutory Trust III, which matures in 2036, became callable in whole or in part in March 2011. It also represents FCB Capital Trust II which matures in 2033 and became callable in 2008. We have not called any of our debentures as of December 31, 2011. However, we did call the FCB Capital Trust II debenture and repaid it in full on January 7, 2012.

Deferred compensation represents the amounts that are due to former employees’ based on salary continuation agreements as a result of acquisitions and amounts due to current employees under our deferred compensation plans.

Operating leases represent the total minimum lease payments due under non-cancelable operating leases.

Advertising agreements represent the amounts that are due on various agreements that provide advertising benefits to the Company.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The following table summarizes the off-balance sheet items at December 31, 2011:

 

            Maturity by Period  
     Total      Less Than
One

Year
     One Year
to Three
Years
     Four Year
to Five
Years
     After
Five
Years
 
            ( Dollars in thousands )         

Commitment to extend credit

   $ 585,210       $ 441,455       $ 66,794       $ 15,621       $ 61,340   

Obligations under letters of credit

     66,845         57,675         8,970         200         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 652,055       $ 499,130       $ 75,764       $ 15,821       $ 61,340   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had commitments to extend credit of approximately $585.2 million, obligations under letters of credit of $66.8 million and available lines of credit totaling $1.98 billion from correspondent banks, FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers, provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Commitments are generally variable rate, and many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon. As such, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We use the same credit underwriting policies in granting or accepting such commitments or contingent obligations as we do for on-balance sheet instruments, which consist of evaluating customers’ creditworthiness individually. The Company has a reserve for undisbursed commitments of $9.6 million as of December 31, 2011 and $10.5 million as of December 31, 2010 included in other liabilities.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the financial performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. When deemed necessary, we hold appropriate collateral supporting those commitments. We do not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions.

Liquidity and Cash Flow

Since the primary sources and uses of funds for the Company are loans and deposits, the relationship between gross loans and total deposits provides a useful measure of the Bank’s liquidity. Typically, the closer the

 

66


Table of Contents

ratio of loans to deposits is to 100%, the more reliant we are on loan portfolio interest and principal payments to provide for short-term liquidity needs. Since repayment of loans tends to be less predictable than the maturity of investments and other liquid resources, the higher the loans to deposit ratio the less liquid are the Company’s assets. For 2011, the loan to deposit ratio averaged 77.80%, compared to an average ratio of 85.69% for 2010 and 93.55% for 2009. The ratio of loans to deposits and customer repurchases averaged 69.68% for 2011, 76.19% for 2010, and 84.26% for 2009.

CVB Financial Corp. (“CVB”) is a company separate and apart from the Bank that must provide for its own liquidity and must service its own obligations. Substantially all of CVB’s revenues are obtained from dividends declared and paid by the Bank. There are statutory and regulatory provisions that could limit the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to CVB. In addition, our regulators could limit the ability of the Bank or the Company to pay dividends or make other distributions.

Under applicable California law, the Bank cannot make any distribution (including a cash dividend) to its shareholder in an amount which exceeds the lesser of: (i) the retained earnings of the Bank or (ii) the net income of the Bank for its last three fiscal years, less the amount of any distributions made by the Bank to its shareholder during such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with the prior approval of the California Commissioner of Financial Institutions, the Bank may make a distribution (including a cash dividend) to CVB in an amount not exceeding the greatest of: (i) the retained earnings of the Bank; (ii) the net income of the Bank for its last fiscal year; or (iii) the net income of the Bank for its current fiscal year.

At December 31, 2011, approximately $80.4 million of the Bank’s equity was unrestricted and available to be paid as dividends to CVB. Management of the Company believes that such restrictions will not have any current impact on the ability of CVB to meet its ongoing cash obligations. See “Item 1. Business — Regulation and Supervision — Dividends” As of December 31, 2011, neither the Bank nor CVB had any material commitments for capital expenditures.

For the Bank, sources of funds normally include principal payments on loans and investments, other borrowed funds, and growth in deposits. Uses of funds include withdrawal of deposits, interest paid on deposits, increased loan balances, purchases, and other operating expenses.

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $130.0 million for 2011 compared to $102.9 million for 2010, and $66.7 million for 2009. The increase in cash provided by operating activities in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily due to the increase in proceeds from the FDIC shared-loss agreements and the decrease in amounts paid for interest and cash paid to vendors and employees, partially offset by a decrease in interest and dividends received as well as an increase in income taxes.

Cash used in investing activities totaled $86.7 million for 2011 compared to cash provided by investing activities of $550.4 million for 2010, and $561.8 million for 2009. The increase in cash used in investing activities in 2011 compared to cash provided by investing activities in 2010 and 2009 was primarily due to changes in the sales, repayments and maturities of investment securities and a decrease in loans, partially offset by an increase in purchases of investment securities.

Net cash used in financing activities totaled $102.3 million for 2011 compared to $352.3 million, and $620.5 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively. The net cash used in financing activities during 2011 was primarily the result of a decrease in time deposits, repayments of FHLB advances and other borrowings, cash dividends paid on common stock, a net decrease in customer repurchase agreements, and repurchase of common stock, partially offset by an increase in transaction deposits. Net cash used in financing activities during 2010 was primarily due to repayments of FHLB advances and decrease in other borrowings.

At December 31, 2011, cash and cash equivalents totaled $345.3 million. This represented a decrease of $58.9 million, or 14.58%, over a total of $404.3 million at December 31, 2010.

 

67


Table of Contents

Capital Resources

Historically, our primary source of capital has been the retention of operating earnings. In order to ensure adequate levels of capital, we conduct an ongoing assessment of projected sources, needs and uses of capital in conjunction with projected increases in assets and the level of risk. As part of this ongoing assessment, the Board of Directors reviews the various components of capital. Based on the Board of Directors analysis of our capital needs (including any capital needs arising out of our financial condition and results of operations or from any acquisitions we may make) and the input of our regulators, we could determine or, our regulators could require us, to raise additional capital.

Total stockholders’ equity was $714.8 million at December 31, 2011. This represented an increase of $71.0 million, or 11.02%, over total stockholders’ equity of $643.9 million at December 31, 2010. The increase in 2011 resulted primarily from $81.7 million in net earnings and a $35.3 million increase in other comprehensive income, net of tax, resulting from the change in fair value of our investment portfolio, offset by a $35.8 million common stock dividend paid and repurchased stock of $12.5 million. The increase in 2010 resulted primarily from $62.9 million in net earnings, offset by a $36.1 million common stock dividend paid and a $20.2 million reduction in other comprehensive income, net of tax, resulting from the change in fair value of our investment securities portfolio in a rising interest rate environment.

The Bank and the Company are required to meet risk-based capital standards set by their respective regulatory authorities. The risk-based capital standards require the achievement of a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0% (of which at least 4.0% must be Tier 1 capital). In addition, the regulatory authorities require the highest rated institutions to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%. To be considered “well-capitalized” for bank regulatory purposes, the Bank and the Company are required to have a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 6%, a total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 10% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio equal to or greater than 5%. At December 31, 2011, the Bank and the Company exceeded the minimum risk-based capital ratios and leverage ratios required to be considered “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes.

For further information about our capital ratios, see “Item 1. Business — Capital Standards.”

During 2011, the Board of Directors of the Company declared quarterly common stock cash dividends that totaled $0.34 per share for the full year totaling $35.8 million in the aggregate. Dividends are payable at the discretion of the Board of Directors and there can be no assurance that the Board of Directors will continue to pay dividends at the same rate, or at all, in the future. CVB’s ability to pay cash dividends to its shareholders is subject to restrictions under federal and California law, including restrictions imposed by the FRB.

In July 2008, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 10,000,000 shares of our common stock. During 2011 and 2010, we repurchased 1,594,488 and 640,341 shares of common stock at the average price of $7.86 and $8.07, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, we have 7,765,171 shares of our common stock remaining that are eligible for repurchase.

The table below presents the Company’s and the Bank’s risk-based and leverage capital ratios as of December 31, 2011.

 

     December 31, 2011  

Capital Ratios

   Adequately
Capitalized
Ratios
    Well
Capitalized
Ratios
    CVB Financial
Corp.
Consolidated
    Citizens
Business
Bank
 

Tier 1 levarage capital ratio

     4.00     5.00     11.19     10.92

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     4.00     6.00     17.79     17.36

Total risk-based capital ratio

     8.00     10.00     19.05     18.63

 

68


Table of Contents

RISK MANAGEMENT

We have adopted a Risk Management Plan to ensure the proper control and management of all risk factors inherent in the operation of the Company and the Bank. Specifically, credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, counterparty risk, transaction risk, compliance risk, strategic risk, reputation risk, cyber-security risk, price risk and foreign exchange risk, can all affect the market risk exposure of the Company. These specific risk factors are not mutually exclusive. It is recognized that any product or service offered by us may expose the Bank to one or more of these risks. Our Risk Management Committee and Risk Management Division monitor these risks to minimize exposure to the Company.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is defined as the risk to earnings or capital arising from an obligor’s failure to meet the terms of any contract or otherwise fail to perform as agreed. Credit risk is found in all activities where success depends on a counter party, issuer, or borrower performance. Credit risk arises through the extension of loans and leases, certain securities, and letters of credit.

Credit risk in the investment portfolio and correspondent bank accounts is addressed through defined limits in the Company’s policy statements. In addition, certain securities carry insurance to enhance the credit quality of the bond. Limitations on industry concentration, aggregate customer borrowings, geographic boundaries and standards on loan quality also are designed to reduce loan credit risk. Senior Management, Directors’ Committees, and the Board of Directors are provided with information to appropriately identify, measure, control and monitor the credit risk of the Company.

The general loan policy is updated annually and approved by the Board of Directors. It prescribes underwriting guidelines and procedures for all loan categories in which the Bank participates to establish risk tolerance and parameters that are communicated throughout the Bank to ensure consistent and uniform lending practices. The underwriting guidelines include, among other things, approval limitation and hierarchy, documentation standards, loan-to-value limits, debt coverage ratio, overall credit-worthiness of the borrower, guarantor support, etc. All loan requests considered by the Bank should be for a clearly defined legitimate purpose with a determinable primary source, as well as alternate sources of repayment. All loans must be supported by appropriate documentation including, current financial statements, credit reports, collateral information, guarantor asset verification, tax returns, title reports, appraisals (where appropriate), and other documents of quality that will support the credit.

The major lending categories are commercial and industrial loans, owner-occupied and non owner-occupied commercial real estate loans, construction loans, dairy and livestock loans, agricultural loans, residential real estate loans, and various consumer loan products. Loans underwritten to borrowers within these diverse categories require underwriting and documentation suited to the unique characteristics and inherent risks involved.

Commercial and industrial loans require credit structures that are tailored to the specific purpose of the business loan, involving a thorough analysis of the borrower’s business, cash flow, collateral, industry risks, economic risks, credit, character, and guarantor support. Owner-occupied real estate loans are primarily based upon the capacity and stability of the cash flow generated by the occupying business and the market value of the collateral, among other things. Non owner-occupied real estate is typically underwritten to the income produced by the subject property and many considerations unique to the various types of property (i.e. office, retail, warehouse, shopping center, medical, etc.), as well as, the financial support provided by sponsors in recourse transactions. Construction loans will often depend on the specific characteristics of the project, the market for the specific development, real estate values, and the equity and financial strength of the sponsors. Dairy and livestock loans and agricultural loans are largely predicated on the revenue cycles and demand for milk and crops, commodity prices, collateral values of herd, feed, and income-producing dairies or croplands, and the

 

69


Table of Contents

financial support of the guarantors. Underwriting of residential real estate and consumer loans are generally driven by personal income and debt service capacity, credit history and scores, and collateral values.

Implicit in lending activities is the risk that losses will occur and that the amount of such losses will vary over time. Consequently, we maintain an allowance for credit losses by charging a provision for credit losses to earnings. Loans, including impaired loans, determined to be losses are charged against the allowance for credit losses. Our allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level considered by us to be appropriate to provide for estimated probable losses inherent in the existing portfolio. In this regard, it is important to note that the Bank’s practice with regard to impaired loans, including modified loans or troubled debt restructurings that are classified as impaired, is to generally charge-off any impairment amount against the ALLL upon evaluating the loan using one of the three methods described in ASC 310-10-35 at the time a probable loss becomes recognized. As such, the Bank’s specific allowance for impaired loans, including troubled debt restructurings, are relatively low since any known impairment amount will generally have been charged-off.

The allowance for credit losses is based upon estimates of probable losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The nature of the process by which we determine the appropriate allowance for credit losses requires the exercise of considerable judgment. The amount actually observed in respect of these losses can vary significantly from the estimated amounts. We employ a systematic methodology that is intended to reduce the differences between estimated and actual losses.

Central to our credit risk management is its loan risk rating system. The originating credit officer assigns borrowers an initial risk rating, which is reviewed and possibly changed by Credit Management. The risk rating is based primarily on a thorough analysis of each borrower’s financial capacity in conjunction with industry and economic trends. Credit approvals are made based upon the amount of inherent credit risk specific to the transaction and are reviewed for appropriateness by senior line and Credit Management personnel. Credits are monitored by line and Credit Management personnel for deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition, which would impact the ability of the borrower to perform under the contract. Risk ratings are adjusted as necessary.

Loans are risk rated into the following categories: Pass, Pass Watch List, Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful, and Loss. Each of these groups is assessed and appropriate amounts used in determining the adequacy of our allowance for losses. The Impaired and Doubtful loans are analyzed on an individual basis for allowance amounts. The other categories have formulae used to determine the needed allowance amount.

The Company obtains a quarterly independent credit review by engaging an outside party to review our loans and leases. The primary purpose of this review is to evaluate our existing loan ratings and provide an assessment as to the effectiveness of our allowance process.

Our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance is conducted on a regular basis and considers all loans. The systematic methodology consists of two major phases.

In the first phase, individual loans are reviewed to identify loans for impairment. A loan is generally considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan. A loan for which there is an insignificant delay or amount of payments is not considered an impaired loan. Utilizing one of the three methods described in ASC 310-10-35-22, impairment is measured based on either the expected future cash flows discounted at each loan’s effective interest rate, the fair value of the loan’s collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, or an observable market price of the loan (if one exists). Upon measuring the loan’s impairment, we then take appropriate steps to ensure an appropriate level of allowance is present or established, including possible charge-off.

The Bank evaluates a loan’s collectability from information developed through our loan risk rating system and process, and other sources of information that asset management in monitoring loan performance (e.g. past

 

70


Table of Contents

due loan reports). The Bank then identifies loans for evaluation of impairment and establishes specific allowances in cases where we have identified significant conditions or circumstances related to a credit that we believe indicates the probability that a loss has been incurred. We perform a detailed analysis of these loans, including, but not limited to, cash flows, appraisals of the collateral, conditions of the marketplace for liquidating the collateral and assessment of the guarantors. We then determine the impairment under ASC 310-10, which requires judgment and estimates, and allocate a portion of the allowance for losses as a specific allowance for each of these loans, or charge-off the impairment amount as described above. The eventual outcomes may differ from the estimates used to determine the impairment amount.

The second phase is conducted by evaluating or segmenting the remainder of the loan portfolio into groups or pools of loans with similar characteristics in accordance with ASC No. 450-10, “Contingencies.” In this second phase, groups or pools of homogeneous loans are reviewed to determine a portfolio formula allowance. In the case of the portfolio formula allowance, homogeneous portfolios, such as small business loans, consumer loans, agricultural loans, and real estate loans, are aggregated or pooled in determining the appropriate allowance. The risk assessment process in this case emphasizes trends in the different portfolios for delinquency, loss, and other behavioral characteristics of the subject portfolios.

Included in this second phase is our consideration of all known relevant internal and external factors that may affect a loan’s collectability. This includes our estimates of the amounts necessary for concentrations, economic uncertainties, the volatility of the market value of collateral, and other relevant factors. We perform an evaluation of various conditions, the effects of which are not directly measured in the determination of the formula and specific allowances. The evaluation of the inherent loss with respect to these conditions is subject to a higher degree of uncertainty because they are not identified with specific problem credits or portfolio segments. The conditions evaluated include, but are not limited to the following conditions that existed as of the balance sheet date:

- then-existing general economic and business conditions affecting the key lending areas of Company,

- then-existing economic and business conditions of areas outside the lending areas, such as other sections of the United States,

- credit quality trends (including trends in past due loans, adversely graded loans, and non-performing loans expected to result from existing conditions),

- collateral values, including changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans.

- the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations,

- changes in loan volumes,

- specific industry conditions within portfolio segments,

- recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio,

- duration of the current business cycle,

- the effect of external factors such as legal and regulatory requirements, including bank regulatory examination results and findings of the Company’s external credit examiners.

We review these conditions in discussion with our senior credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions is evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, our estimate of the effect of such condition may be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions is not evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, our evaluation of the inherent loss related to such condition is reflected in the second phase of the allowance. Although we have allocated a portion of the allowance to specific loan categories, the appropriateness of the allowance must be considered in its entirety.

Table 7 presents a comparison of net credit losses, the provision for credit losses, and the resulting allowance for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

71


Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses on Non-Covered Loans

The allowance for credit losses is established as management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan and lease receivables portfolio. The allowance is increased by the provision for losses and decreased by charge-offs when management believes the uncollectability of a loan is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The determination of the balance in the allowance for credit losses is based on an analysis of the loan and lease finance receivables portfolio using a systematic methodology and reflects an amount that, in management’s judgment, is appropriate to provide for probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio, after giving consideration to the character of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions, past credit loss experience, and such other factors that would deserve current recognition in estimating inherent credit losses.

We maintain an allowance for inherent credit losses that is increased by a provision for credit losses charged against operating results. The allowance for credit losses is also increased by recoveries on loans previously charged-off and reduced by actual loan losses charged to the allowance. We recorded a provision for credit losses of $7.1 million, $61.2 million and $80.5 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, we reported an allowance for credit losses of $94.0 million. This represents a decrease of $11.3 million, or 10.73%, from the allowance for credit losses of $105.3 million at December 31, 2010. During 2011, we recorded net charge-offs of $18.4 million. The decrease in allowance during 2011 was due to improving quality of loan portfolio. (See Table 8 — Summary of Credit Loss Experience.)

For 2011, total loans charged-off were $20.5 million, offset by the recoveries of loans previously charged-off of $2.2 million resulting in net charge-offs of $18.4 million. For 2010, total loans charged-off were $65.5 million, offset by the recoveries of loans previously charged-off of $659,000 resulting in net charge-offs of $64.9 million.

In addition to the allowance for credit losses, the Company also has a reserve for undisbursed commitments for loans and letters of credit. This reserve is carried in the liabilities section of the balance sheet in other liabilities. Provisions to this reserve are included in other expense. The Company recorded a reduction of $918,000, an increase of $2.6 million, and an increase of $3.8 million in the reserve for undisbursed commitments for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the balance in this reserve was $9.6 million compared to a balance of $10.5 million as of December 31, 2010. The decrease in provision for unfunded commitments was primarily due to a decrease in loan commitments and, more specifically, improving quality ratings of our dairy and livestock borrowers.

Table 8 presents a comparison of net credit losses, the provision for credit losses (including adjustments incidental to mergers), and the resulting allowance for credit losses for each of the years indicated. The table below provides information on non-covered loans only because there was no allowance on covered loans as of December 31, 2011. In 2011, there was $893,000 in net charge-offs for loans in excess of the amount originally expected in the fair value of the loans at acquisition, resulting in a $893,000 provision for credit losses on the covered SJB loans. An offsetting adjustment was recorded to the FDIC loss-sharing asset based on the appropriate loss-sharing percentage.

 

72


Table of Contents

TABLE 8 — Summary of Credit Loss Experience

Summary of Credit Loss Experience

(Non-Covered Loans)

 

    As of and For Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
          (Dollars in thousands)              

Amount of Total Loans at End of Period (1)

  $ 3,219,727      $ 3,373,728      $ 3,608,379      $ 3,736,838      $ 3,495,144   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average Total Loans Outstanding (1)

  $ 3,222,450      $ 3,485,836      $ 3,735,339      $ 3,506,510      $ 3,226,086   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Credit Losses at Beginning of Period

  $ 105,259      $ 108,924      $ 53,960      $ 33,049      $ 27,737   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans Charged-Off:

         

Construction

    7,976      $ 15,648      $ 10,472      $ 4,221      $ 1,401   

Real Estate

    5,870        41,356        13,175        469        347   

Commercial and Industrial

    1,980        6,290        2,096        626        127   

Dairy & Livestock

    3,291        1,205        —          —          —     

Consumer, Auto and Other Loans

    511        640        596        721        223   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loans Charged-Off

    19,628        65,139        26,339        6,037        2,098   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

         

Construction

    757        291        —          —          —     

Real Estate Loans

    748        35        471        192        82   

Commercial and Industrial

    302        242        96        24        465   

Dairy & Livestock

    151        —          —          —          —     

Consumer, Auto and Other Loans

    200        76        236        132        192   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loans Recovered

    2,158        644        803        348        739   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charged-Offs, net of recoveries

    17,470        64,495        25,536        5,689        1,359   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision Charged to Operating Expense

    6,175        60,830        80,500        26,600        4,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments Incident to Mergers and Reclassifications

    —          —          —          —          2,671   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Credit Losses at End of period

  $ 93,964      $ 105,259      $ 108,924      $ 53,960      $ 33,049   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loans Charged-Off to Average Total Loans

    0.54     1.85     0.68     0.16     0.04

Net Loans Charged-Off to Total Loans at End of Period

    0.54     1.91     0.71     0.15     0.04

Allowance for Credit Losses to Average Total Loans

    2.92     3.02     2.92     1.54     1.02

Allowance for Credit Losses to Total Loans at End of Period

    2.92     3.12     3.02     1.44     0.95

Net Loans Charged-Off to Allowance for Credit Losses

    18.59     61.27     23.44     10.54     4.11

Net Loans Charged-Off to Provision for Credit Losses

    282.91     106.02     31.72     21.39     33.98

 

(1) Net of deferred loan origination fees.

 

73


Table of Contents

Summary of Credit Loss Experience

(Covered Loans)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
          2011                2010       
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Allowance for Credit Losses at Beginning of Period

   $ —         $ —     

Loans Charged-Off

     893         385   

Recoveries

     —           15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision Charged to Operating Expense

     893         370   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for Credit Losses at End of period

   $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

While we believe that the allowance at December 31, 2011, was adequate to absorb losses from any known or inherent risks in the portfolio, no assurance can be given that economic conditions, conditions of our borrowers, or natural disasters, which adversely affect our service areas or other circumstances or conditions, including those defined above, will not be reflected in increased provisions for credit losses in the future.

Table 9 provides a summary of the allocation of the allowance for credit losses for specific loan categories at the dates indicated for non-covered loans. The allocations presented should not be interpreted as an indication that loans charged to the allowance for credit losses will occur in these amounts or proportions, or that the portion of the allowance allocated to each loan category, represents the total amount available for future losses that may occur within these categories.

Table 9 — Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses

(Non-Covered Loans)

 

    December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
    Allowance
for Credit
Losses
    % of Loans
to Total
Loans in
Each
Category
    Allowance
for Credit
Losses
    % of Loans
to Total
Loans in
Each
Category
    Allowance
for Credit
Losses
    % of Loans
to Total
Loans in
Each
Category
    Allowance
for

Credit
Losses
    % of Loans
to Total
Loans in
Each
Category
    Allowance
for Credit
Losses
    % of Loans
to Total
Loans in
Each
Category
 
                            ( Dollars in thousands )                          

Real Estate

  $ 51,873        65.8   $ 43,529        65.0   $ 42,215        62.4   $ 25,440        60.8   $ 9,028        61.9

Construction

    4,947        2.4     10,188        4.1     21,222        7.3     19,492        9.4     7,828        8.8

Commercial and Industrial

    10,654        15.9     11,472        14.2     7,530        12.3     4,590        11.1     15,266        27.6

Muni lease finance

    2,403        3.5     2,172        3.8     1,724        4.4     933        4.6    

Dairy, livestock, agribusiness

    17,230        10.8     36,061        11.2     31,051        11.7     2,748        12.3    

Consumer

    1,638        1.6     1,034        1.7     1,004        1.9     757        1.8     506        1.7

Unallocated

    5,219          803          4,178          —            421     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 93,964        100.0   $ 105,259        100.0   $ 108,924        100.0   $ 53,960        100.0   $ 33,049        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Market Risk

In the normal course of its business activities, we are exposed to market risks, including price and liquidity risk. Market risk is the potential for loss from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates (interest rate risk). Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that we may not be able to satisfy current or future commitments or that we may be more reliant on alternative funding sources such as long-term debt. Financial products that expose us to market risk include securities, loans, deposits, debt, and derivative financial instruments.

 

74


Table of Contents

The table below provides the actual balances as of December 31, 2011 of interest-earning assets (net of deferred loan fees and allowance for credit losses) and interest-bearing liabilities, including the average rate earned or paid for 2011, the projected contractual maturities over the next five years, and the estimated fair value of each category determined using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies.

 

                 Maturing  
    December 31,
2011
    Average
Rate
    One year     Two Years     Three years     Four years     Five years
and  beyond
    Estimated
Fair Value
 
               

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest-Earning Assets

               

Investment securities available for sale(1)

  $ 2,201,526        3.56   $ 97,713      $ 168,271      $ 707,335      $ 384,214      $ 843,993      $ 2,201,526   

Investment securities held-to-maturity

    2,383        5.75     —          —          —          2,383        —          3,143   

FHLB Stock

    72,689        0.30     —          —          —          —          72,689        72,689   

Interest-bearing deposits with other institutions

    60,000        0.31     60,000        —          —          —          —          60,000   

Loans held-for-sale

    6,012        1.25     6,012        —          —          —          —          6,012   

Loans and lease finance receivables, net

    3,382,632        5.37     657,696        195,996        151,156        281,414        2,096,370        3,534,960   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest earning assets

  $ 5,725,242        $ 821,421      $ 364,267      $ 858,491      $ 668,011      $ 3,013,052      $ 5,878,330   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-Bearing Liabilities

               

Interest-bearing deposits

  $ 2,576,672        0.33   $ 2,560,610      $ 10,430      $ 677      $ 316      $ 4,639        2,577,825   

Demand note to U.S. Treasury

    —          0.00     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Borrowings

    958,032        2.12     509,370        —          —          250,000        198,662        1,012,211   

Junior subordinated debentures

    115,055        2.89     —          —          —          —          115,055        115,854   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  $ 3,649,759        $ 3,069,980      $ 10,430      $ 677      $ 250,316      $ 318,356      $ 3,705,890   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(1) These include mortgage-backed securities which generally prepay before maturity.

Interest Rate Risk

During periods of changing interest rates, the ability to re-price interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities can influence net interest income, the net interest margin, and consequently, our earnings. Interest rate risk is managed by attempting to control the spread between rates earned on interest-earning assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities within the constraints imposed by market competition in our service area. Short-term re-pricing risk is minimized by controlling the level of floating rate loans and maintaining a downward sloping ladder of bond payments and maturities. Basic risk is managed by the timing and magnitude of changes to interest-bearing deposit rates. Yield curve risk is reduced by keeping the duration of the loan and bond portfolios relatively short. Options risk in the bond portfolio is monitored monthly and actions are recommended when appropriate.

We monitor the interest rate “sensitivity” risk to earnings from potential changes in interest rates using various methods, including a maturity/re-pricing gap analysis. This analysis measures, at specific time intervals, the differences between earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for which re-pricing opportunities will occur. A positive difference, or gap, indicates that earning assets will re-price faster than interest-bearing liabilities. This will generally produce a greater net interest margin during periods of rising interest rates, and a lower net interest margin during periods of declining interest rates. Conversely, a negative gap will generally produce a lower net interest margin during periods of rising interest rates and a greater net interest margin during periods of decreasing interest rates. In managing risks associated with rising interest rates, we utilize interest rate derivative contracts on certain loans and borrowed funds.

 

75


Table of Contents

TABLE 10 — Asset and Liability Maturity/Repricing Gap

 

     90 days or
less
    Over 90
days to
180 days
    Over 180
days to 365
days
    Over 365
days
     Total  
2011          (Dollars in thousands)         

Earning Assets:

           

Interest-bearing deposits with other institution

   $ 369,936      $ —        $ —        $ —         $ 369,936   

Investment Securities at carrying value

     110,830        151,421        279,841        1,661,818         2,203,909   

Loans held for sale

     6,012        —          —          —           6,012   

Gross Loans

     1,158,692        153,084        286,622        1,934,373         3,532,771   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,645,470      $ 304,504      $ 566,463      $ 3,596,191       $ 6,112,628   

Interest Bearing Liabilities

           

Savings Deposits

   $ 1,145,823      $ —        $ —        $ 593,699       $ 1,739,522   

Time Deposits

     589,485        114,340        117,263        16,062         837,150   

Demand Note to U.S. Treasury

     —          —          —          —           —     

Other Borrowings

     509,370        —          —          448,662         958,032   

Junior subordinated debentures

     115,055        —          —          —           115,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,359,733      $ 114,340      $ 117,263      $ 1,058,424       $ 3,649,759   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Period GAP

   $ (714,263   $ 190,164      $ 449,200      $ 2,537,768       $ 2,462,869   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cumulative GAP

   $ (714,263   $ (524,098   $ (74,898   $ 2,462,869      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    
     90 days or
less
    Over 90
days to 180
days
    Over 180
days to 365
days
    Over 365
days
     Total  
2010          (Dollars in thousands)         

Earning Assets:

           

Interest-bearing deposits with other institution

   $ 387,186      $ —        $ —        $ —         $ 387,186   

Investment Securities at carrying value

     106,847        82,997        157,443        1,447,414         1,794,701   

Loans held for sale

     2,954        —          —          —           2,954   

Gross Loans

     1,216,058        166,249        261,466        2,224,214         3,867,987   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,713,045      $ 249,246      $ 418,909      $ 3,671,628       $ 6,052,828   

Interest Bearing Liabilities

           

Savings Deposits

   $ 1,098,614      $ —        $ —        $ 628,818       $ 1,727,432   

Time Deposits

     726,633        199,021        145,065        19,154         1,089,873   

Demand Note to U.S. Treasury

     1,917        —          —          —           1,917   

Other Borrowings

     547,188        —          —          548,390         1,095,578   

Junior subordinated debentures

     115,055        —          —          —           115,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,489,407      $ 199,021      $ 145,065      $ 1,196,362       $ 4,029,855   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Period GAP

   $ (776,362   $ 50,225      $ 273,844      $ 2,475,266       $ 2,022,973   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cumulative GAP

   $ (776,362   $ (726,137   $ (452,293   $ 2,022,973      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Table 10 provides the Bank’s maturity/re-pricing gap analysis at December 31, 2011, and 2010. We had a negative cumulative 180-day gap of $524.1 million and a negative cumulative 365-days gap of $74.9 million at December 31, 2011. This represented a decrease of $202.0 million, over the 180-day cumulative negative gap of $726.1 million at December 31, 2010. In theory, this would indicate that at December 31, 2011, $524.1 million more in liabilities than assets would re-price if there were a change in interest rates over the next 180 days. If interest rates increase, the negative gap would tend to result in a lower net interest margin. If interest rates

 

76


Table of Contents

decrease, the negative gap would tend to result in an increase in the net interest margin. However, we do have the ability to anticipate the increase in deposit rates, and the ability to extend interest-bearing liabilities, offsetting, in part, the negative gap.

The interest rates paid on deposit accounts do not always move in unison with the rates charged on loans. In addition, the magnitude of changes in the rates charged on loans is not always proportionate to the magnitude of changes in the rate paid on deposits. Consequently, changes in interest rates do not necessarily result in an increase or decrease in the net interest margin solely as a result of the differences between re-pricing opportunities of earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities. The fact that the Bank reported a negative gap at December 31, 2011 for changes within the following 365 days does not necessarily indicate that, if interest rates decreased, net interest income would increase, or if interest rates increased, net interest income would decrease.

Approximately $1.5 billion, or 68%, of the total investment portfolio at December 31, 2011 consisted of securities backed by mortgages. The final maturity of these securities can be affected by the speed at which the underlying mortgages repay. Mortgages tend to repay faster as interest rates fall, and slower as interest rates rise. As a result, we may be subject to a “prepayment risk” resulting from greater funds available for reinvestment at a time when available yields are lower. Conversely, we may be subject to “extension risk” resulting, as lesser amounts would be available for reinvestment at a time when available yields are higher. Prepayment risk includes the risk associated with the payment of an investment’s principal faster than originally intended. Extension risk is the risk associated with the payment of an investment’s principal over a longer time period than originally anticipated. In addition, there can be greater risk of price volatility for mortgage-backed securities as a result of anticipated prepayment or extension risk.

We also utilize the results of a dynamic simulation model to quantify the estimated exposure of net interest income to sustained interest rate changes. The sensitivity of our net interest income is measured over rolling two-year and five-year horizons.

The simulation model estimates the impact of changing interest rates on interest income from all interest-earning assets and interest expense paid on all interest-bearing liabilities reflected on our balance sheet. This sensitivity analysis is compared to policy limits, which specify a maximum tolerance level for net interest income exposure over a one-year horizon assuming no balance sheet growth, given a 200 basis point upward and a 100 basis point downward shift in interest rates. A parallel and pro rata shift in rates over a 12-month period is assumed.

The following reflects our net interest income sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2011:

 

Simulated Rate Changes

   Estimated Net
Interest  Income
Sensitivity
 

+ 200 basis points

     (12.78 )% 

- 100 basis points

     0.29

The Company is currently more liability sensitive. The estimated sensitivity does not necessarily represent a forecast and the results may not be indicative of actual changes to our net interest income. These estimates are based upon a number of assumptions including: the nature and timing of interest rate levels including yield curve shape, prepayments on loans and securities, pricing strategies on loans and deposits, and replacement of asset and liability cash-flows. While the assumptions used are based on current economic and local market conditions, there is no assurance as to the predictive nature of these conditions including how customer preferences or competitor influences might change.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk to earnings or capital resulting from our inability to meet obligations when they come due without incurring unacceptable losses. It includes the ability to manage unplanned decreases or

 

77


Table of Contents

changes in funding sources and to recognize or address changes in market conditions that affect our ability to liquidate assets quickly and with minimum loss of value. Factors considered in liquidity risk management are stability of the deposit base; marketability, maturity, and pledging of investments; and the demand for credit.

In general, liquidity risk is managed daily by controlling the level of fed funds and the use of funds provided by the cash flow from the investment portfolio, loan demand and deposit fluctuations. To meet unexpected demands, lines of credit are maintained with correspondent banks, the Federal Home Loan Bank and the FRB. The sale of bonds maturing in the near future can also serve as a contingent source of funds. Increases in deposit rates are considered a last resort as a means of raising funds to increase liquidity.

Management has a Liquidity Committee that meets quarterly. The Committee analyzes the cashflows from loans, investments, deposits and borrowings. In addition, the Company has a Balance Sheet Management Committee of the Board of Directors that meets monthly to review the Company’s balance sheet position and liquidity which includes, but is not limited to a: (i) Liquidity Report; (ii) Capital Volatility Report; (iii) Investment Portfolio Activities Report; and (iv) Balance Sheet Management Policy Report. On a periodic basis, projected cash flows are analyzed and stressed to determine potential liquidity issues. A contingency plan contains the steps the Company would take to mitigate a liquidity crisis. Results of the cash flows are reported to the Balance Sheet Management Committee on a periodic basis.

Counterparty Risk

Recent developments in the financial markets have placed an increased awareness of Counterparty Risks. These risks occur when a financial institution has an indebtedness or potential for indebtedness to another financial institution. We have assessed our Counterparty Risk with the following results:

 

   

We do not have any investments in the preferred stock of any other company.

 

   

Most of our investments securities are either municipal securities or securities backed by mortgages, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or FHLB.

 

   

All of our commercial line insurance policies are with companies with the highest AM Best ratings of AXV or above, except for our travel/accident carrier who is rated AVIII.

 

   

We have no significant Counterparty exposure related to derivatives such as interest rate swaps with a major financial institution.

 

   

We have no significant exposure to our Cash Surrender Value of Life insurance since 97.5% of the Cash Surrender Value balance is with insurance companies that carry an AM Best rating of A- or greater and only one company has a B+ rating.

 

   

We believe our risk of loss associated with our counterparty borrowers related to interest rate swaps is mitigated as the loans with swaps are underwritten to take into account potential additional exposure.

 

   

We have $408.0 million in Fed Funds lines of credit with other banks. All of these banks are major U.S. banks, each with over $20.0 billion in assets. We rely on these funds for overnight borrowings. We currently have no outstanding Fed Funds balance.

Transaction Risk

Transaction risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from problems in service or product delivery. This risk is significant within any bank and is interconnected with other risk categories in most activities throughout the Company. Transaction risk is a function of internal controls, information systems, associate integrity, and operating processes. It arises daily throughout the Company as transactions are processed. It pervades all divisions, departments and centers and is inherent in all products and services we offer.

 

78


Table of Contents

In general, transaction risk is defined as high, medium or low by the internal and external auditors during the audit process. The audit plan ensures that high risk areas are reviewed annually. We utilize internal auditors and third party audit firms to test key controls of operational processes and to audit information systems, compliance management program, loan review and trust services.

The key to monitoring transaction risk is in the design, documentation and implementation of well-defined procedures. All transaction related procedures include steps to report events that might increase transaction risk. Dual controls are also a form of monitoring.

Compliance Risk

Compliance risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from violations of, or non-conformance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards. Compliance risk also arises in situations where the laws or rules governing certain products or activities of the Bank’s customers may be ambiguous or untested. Compliance risk exposes us to fines, civil money penalties, payment of damages, and the voiding of contracts. Compliance risk can also lead to a diminished reputation, reduced business value, limited business opportunities, lessened expansion potential, and lack of contract enforceability.

There is no single or primary source of compliance risk. It is inherent in every activity. Frequently, it blends into operational risk and transaction risk. A portion of this risk is sometimes referred to as legal risk. This is not limited solely to risk from failure to comply with consumer protection laws; it encompasses all laws, as well as prudent ethical standards and contractual obligations. It also includes the exposure to litigation from all aspects of banking, traditional and non-traditional.

Our Risk Management Policy and Program and the Code of Ethical Conduct are the cornerstone for controlling compliance risk. An integral part of controlling this risk is the proper training of associates. The Chief Risk Officer is responsible for developing and executing a comprehensive compliance training program. The Chief Risk Officer will ensure that each associate is provided with adequate training relevant to their job function to ensure compliant with banking laws and regulations.

Our Risk Management Policy and Program includes an audit program aimed at identifying problems and ensuring that problems are corrected. The audit program includes two levels of review. One is in-depth audits performed by our internal audit department under the direction of the Chief Risk Officer and supplemented by independent external firms, and the other is periodic monitoring performed by the Risk Management Division. Each year, an Audit Plan for the Company is developed and approved by the Audit Committee of the Board.

The Company utilizes independent external firms to conduct compliance audits as a means of identifying weaknesses in the compliance program itself. The annual Audit Plan includes a review of selected centers and departments.

The center or department that is the subject of an audit is required to respond to the audit and correct any exceptions noted. The Chief Risk Officer will review audit findings and the response provided by the center or department to identify areas which pose a significant compliance risk.

The Risk Management Division conducts periodic monitoring of our compliance efforts with a special focus on those areas that expose us to compliance risk. The purpose of the periodic monitoring is to ensure that our associates are adhering to established policies and procedures. The Chief Risk Officer will notify the appropriate department head and the Management Compliance Committee, the Audit Committee and the Risk Management Committee of any exceptions noted.

We recognize that customer complaints can often identify weaknesses in our compliance program which could expose us to risk. Therefore, all complaints are given prompt attention. Our Risk Management Policy and

 

79


Table of Contents

Program include provisions on how customer complaints are to be addressed. The Chief Risk Officer reviews all formal complaints to determine if a significant compliance risk exists and communicates those findings to the Risk Management Committee.

Strategic Risk

Strategic risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from adverse decisions or improper implementation of strategic decisions. This risk is a function of the compatibility between an organization’s goals, the resources deployed against those goals and the quality of implementation.

Strategic risks are identified as part of the strategic planning process. Offsite strategic planning sessions, including members of the Board of Directors and Senior Leadership, are held annually. The strategic review consists of an economic assessment, competitive analysis, industry outlook and legislative and regulatory review.

A primary measurement of strategic risk is peer group analysis. Key performance ratios are compared to three separate peer groups to identify any sign of weakness and potential opportunities. The peer group consists of:

 

  1. Banks of comparable size

 

  2. High performing banks

 

  3. A list of specific banks

Another measure is the comparison of the actual results of previous strategic initiatives against the expected results established prior to implementation of each strategy.

The corporate strategic plan is formally presented to all center managers and department managers at an annual leadership conference.

Reputation Risk

Reputation risk is the risk to capital and earnings arising from negative public opinion. This affects the Bank’s ability to establish new relationships or services, or continue servicing existing relationships. It can expose the Bank to litigation and, in some instances, financial loss.

Cyber-security Risk

Cyber-security risk refers to the risk of failures, interruptions of services, or breaches of security with respect to the Company’s or the Bank’s communication, information, operations, financial control or customer internet banking or data processing systems or applications. In addition, the Company and the Bank rely primarily on third party providers to develop, manage, maintain and protect these systems and applications. Any such failures, interruptions or security breaches, depending on the scope, duration, affected system(s) or customers(s), could expose the Company and/or the Bank to financial loss, reputation damage, litigation, or regulatory action.

Price and Foreign Exchange Risk

Price risk arises from changes in market factors that affect the value of traded instruments. Foreign exchange risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from movements in foreign exchange rates.

Our current exposure to price risk is nominal. We do not have trading accounts. Consequently, the level of price risk within the investment portfolio is limited to the need to sell securities for reasons other than trading. The section of this policy pertaining to liquidity risk addresses this risk.

We maintain deposit accounts with various foreign banks. Our Interbank Liability Policy limits the balance in any of these accounts to an amount that does not present a significant risk to our earnings from changes in the value of foreign currencies.

Our asset liability model calculates the market value of the Bank’s equity. In addition, management prepares, on a monthly basis, a capital volatility report that compares changes in the market value of the investment portfolio. We have as our target to always be well-capitalized by regulatory standards.

 

80


Table of Contents

The Balance Sheet Management Policy requires the submission of a Fair Value Matrix Report to the Balance Sheet Management Committee on a quarterly basis. The report calculates the economic value of equity under different interest rate scenarios, revealing the level or price risk of the Bank’s interest sensitive asset and liability portfolios.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in the market prices and interest rates. Our market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in our lending and deposit taking activities. We currently do not enter into futures, forwards, or option contracts. For greater discussion on the risk management of the Company, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and the Results of Operations — Risk Management.

 

81


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

CVB Financial Corp.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

and Financial Statement Schedules

 

     Page  

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2011 and 2010

     89   

Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Comprehensive Income — Years Ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     90   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity — Three Years Ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     92   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     93   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     95   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     142   

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not material or because the information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

For information about the location of management’s annual reports on internal control, our financial reporting and the audit report of KPMG LLP thereon. See “Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.”

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

1) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of CVB Financial Corp., together with its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company”), is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the Company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

As of December 31, 2011, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 is effective. KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued their report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.

 

82


Table of Contents

2) Auditor attestation

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

CVB Financial Corp.:

We have audited CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of earnings and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated February 29, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Los Angeles, California

February 29, 2012

 

83


Table of Contents

3) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We maintain controls and procedures designed to ensure that information is recorded and reported in all filings of financial reports. Such information is reported to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to allow timely and accurate disclosure based on the definition of “disclosure controls and procedures” in SEC Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e).

As of the end of the period covered by this report, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer. Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

During the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

 

84


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Except as hereinafter noted, the information concerning directors and executive officers of the Company, corporate governance and our audit committee financial expert is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Discussion of Proposals recommended by the Board — Proposal 1: Election of Directors” and “Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Corporate Governance Principles and Board Matters,” and “Audit Committee” of our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the last fiscal year. For information concerning the executive officers of the Company, see Item 4A of Part I hereto.

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all of the Company’s employees, including the Company’s principal executive officer, the principal financial and accounting officer, and all employees who perform these functions. A copy of the Code of Ethics is available to any person without charge by submitting a request to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer at 701 N. Haven Avenue, Suite 350, Ontario, CA 91764. If the Company shall amend its Code of Ethics as applies to the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller (or persons performing similar functions) or shall grant a waiver from any provision of the code of ethics to any such person, the Company shall disclose such amendment or waiver on its website at www.cbbank.com under the tab “Investor Relations.”

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information concerning management remuneration and transactions is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Election of Directors” and “Executive Compensation — Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” of our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the last fiscal year.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2011 relating to our equity compensation plans pursuant to which grants of options, restricted stock, or other rights to acquire shares may be granted from time to time.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan Category

   Number of Securities to
be Issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights(a)
     Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights(b)
     Number of  Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in Column(a))(c)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     2,865,307       $ 10.41         1,865,524   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     28,65,307       $ 10.41         1,865,524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “Stock Ownership” of our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the last fiscal year.

 

85


Table of Contents
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions with management and others and information regarding director independence is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Executive Compensation — Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Director Independence” of our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the last fiscal year.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information concerning principal accounting fees and services is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Public Accountants” of our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the last fiscal year.

 

86


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Financial Statements

Reference is made to the Index to Financial Statements at page 82 for a list of financial statements filed as part of this Report.

Exhibits

See Index to Exhibits at Page 143 of this Form 10-K.

 

87


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 29th day of February 2012.

 

CVB FINANCIAL CORP.

By:

  /s/    CHRISTOPHER D. MYERS        
 

 

  Christopher D. Myers
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    GEORGE A. BORBA        

George A. Borba

   Chairman of the Board   February 29, 2012

/s/    JOHN A. BORBA        

John A. Borba

   Director   February 29, 2012

/s/    RONALD O. KRUSE        

Ronald O. Kruse

   Vice Chairman   February 29, 2012

/s/    ROBERT M. JACOBY        

Robert M. Jacoby

   Director   February 29, 2012

/s/    JAMES C. SELEY        

James C. Seley

   Director   February 29, 2012

/s/    SAN E. VACCARO        

San E. Vaccaro

   Director   February 29, 2012

/s/    D. LINN WILEY        

D. Linn Wiley

   Vice Chairman   February 29, 2012

/s/    CHRISTOPHER D. MYERS        

Christopher D. Myers

  

Director, President and

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  February 29, 2012

/s/    Richard C. Thomas        

Richard C. Thomas

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  February 29, 2012

 

88


Table of Contents

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
ASSETS     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 35,407      $ 67,279   

Interest–earning balances due from Federal Reserve

     309,936        286,769   

Interest–earning balances due from depository institutions

     —          50,227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     345,343        404,275   

Interest-bearing balances due from depository institutions

     60,000        50,190   

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value (with amortized cost of $2,130,029 at December 31, 2011 and $1,780,493 at December 31, 2010)

     2,201,526        1,791,558   

Investment securities held-to-maturity

     2,383        3,143   

Investment in stock of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)

     72,689        86,744   

Non-covered loans held-for-sale

     348        2,954   

Covered loans held-for-sale

     5,664        —     

Loans and lease finance receivables, excluding covered loans

     3,219,727        3,373,728   

Allowance for credit losses

     (93,964     (105,259
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loans and lease finance receivables

     3,125,763        3,268,469   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Covered loans and lease finance receivables, net

     256,869        374,012   

Premises and equipment, net.

     36,280        40,921   

Bank owned life insurance

     116,132        112,901   

Accrued interest receivable

     23,512        23,647   

Intangibles

     5,548        9,029   

Goodwill

     55,097        55,097   

FDIC loss sharing asset

     59,453        101,461   

Non-covered other real estate owned

     13,820        5,290   

Covered other real estate owned

     9,782        11,305   

Income taxes

     48,033        55,609   

Other assets

     44,673        40,086   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS.

   $ 6,482,915      $ 6,436,691   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Liabilities:

    

Deposits:

    

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 2,027,876      $ 1,701,523   

Interest-bearing

     2,576,672        2,817,305   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     4,604,548        4,518,828   

Demand Note to U.S. Treasury

     —          1,917   

Customer repurchase agreements

     509,370        542,188   

Borrowings

     448,662        553,390   

Accrued interest payable

     3,526        4,985   

Deferred compensation

     8,735        9,221   

Junior subordinated debentures

     115,055        115,055   

Other liabilities

     78,205        47,252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     5,768,101        5,792,836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    

Stockholders’ Equity:

    

Preferred stock, authorized, 20,000,000 shares without par; none issued or outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, authorized, 225,000,000 shares without par; issued and outstanding 104,482,271 (2011) and 106,075,576 (2010)

     479,973        490,226   

Retained earnings

     193,372        147,444   

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.

     41,469        6,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     714,814        643,855   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 6,482,915      $ 6,436,691   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

89


Table of Contents

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Interest income:

      

Loans held-for-sale

   $ 56      $ 54      $ 5   

Loans and leases, including fees

     194,448        213,932        206,074   

Accelerated accretion on acquired loans

     12,586        26,740        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, including fees

     207,090        240,726        206,079   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment securities:

      

Taxable

     37,310        49,720        76,798   

Tax-advantaged

     23,640        25,394        27,329   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income

     60,950        75,114        104,127   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends from FHLB

     242        324        195   

Federal funds sold

     995        868        343   

Interest-bearing deposits with other institutions

     443        257        15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     269,720        317,289        310,759   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

      

Deposits

     8,708        18,253        24,956   

Borrowings

     23,002        36,354        59,572   

Junior subordinated debentures

     3,329        3,365        3,967   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     35,039        57,972        88,495   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income before provision for credit losses

     234,681        259,317        222,264   

Provision for credit losses

     7,068        61,200        80,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

     227,613        198,117        141,764   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating income:

      

Impairment loss on investment securities

     (254     (317     (1,994

Plus: Reclassification of credit-related impairment loss from other comprehensive income

     (402     (587     1,671   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impairment loss on investment securities recognized in earnings

     (656     (904     (323

Service charges on deposit accounts

     15,768        16,745        14,889   

Trust and Investment Services

     8,683        8,363        6,657   

Bankcard services

     3,144        2,776        2,338   

BOLI Income

     3,259        3,125        2,792   

Gain on sale of securities, net

     —          38,900        28,446   

Increase (decrease) in FDIC loss sharing asset, net

     171        (15,856     —     

Gain from SJB acquisition

     —          —          21,122   

Other

     3,847        3,965        5,150   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other operating income

     34,216        57,114        81,071   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Other operating expense:

      

Salaries and employee benefits

     69,993        69,419        62,985   

Professional services

     15,031        13,308        6,965   

Occupancy and equipment

     16,583        19,348        18,361   

Software licenses and maintenance

     3,669        5,031        2,320   

Promotion

     4,977        6,084        6,528   

Amortization of Intangibles

     3,481        3,732        3,163   

OREO expense

     6,729        7,490        1,211   

Prepayment penalties on borrowings

     3,310        18,663        4,402   

Other

     17,252        25,417        27,651   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other operating expense

     141,025        168,492        133,586   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

     120,804        86,739        89,249   

Income taxes

     39,071        23,804        23,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

   $ 81,733      $ 62,935      $ 65,419   

Preferred stock dividends and amortization of preferred stock discount

     —          —          12,763   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings allocated to common shareholders

   $ 81,733      $ 62,935      $ 52,656   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income:

      

Unrealized gain on securities arising during the period

   $ 61,490      $ 3,160      $ 24,086   

Less: Reclassification adjustment for net gain on securities included in net income

     (656     (37,996     (28,123
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, before tax

     60,834        (34,836     (4,037

Income tax related to items of other comprehensive income

     (25,550     14,631        1,696   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

   $ 35,284      $ (20,205   $ (2,341
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 117,017      $ 42,730      $ 63,078   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.77      $ 0.59      $ 0.56   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.77      $ 0.59      $ 0.56   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash dividends per common share

   $ 0.34      $ 0.34      $ 0.34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

91


Table of Contents

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Three Years Ended December 31, 2011

 

     Common
Shares
Outstanding
    Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)
    Total  
           (Dollars and shares in thousands)              

Balance January 1, 2009

     83,270      $ 121,508      $ 364,469      $ 100,184      $ 28,731      $ 614,892   

Repurchase of Preferred Stock

       (130,000           (130,000

Amortization of preferred stock discount

       8,492          (8,492       —     

Warrant repurchase

         (1,307         (1,307

Issuance of Common Stock

     22,655          126,056            126,056   

Exercise of stock options

     56          280            280   

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

         62            62   

Stock-based Compensation Expense

     282          1,666            1,666   

Cash dividends declared

            

Common ($0.34 per share)

           (32,228       (32,228

Preferred

           (4,271       (4,271

Net earnings

           65,419          65,419   

Other comprehensive income

             (2,341     (2,341
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2009

     106,263      $ —        $ 491,226      $ 120,612      $ 26,390      $ 638,228   

Repurchase of common stock

     (640       (5,169         (5,169

Exercise of stock options

     304          1,547            1,547   

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

         425            425   

Stock-based Compensation Expense

     149          2,197            2,197   

Cash dividends declared

            

Common ($0.34 per share)

           (36,103       (36,103

Net earnings

           62,935          62,935   

Other comprehensive income

             (20,205     (20,205
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2010

     106,076      $ —        $ 490,226      $ 147,444      $ 6,185      $ 643,855   

Repurchase of common stock

     (1,595       (12,527         (12,527

Exercise of stock options

     9          59            59   

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

         1            1   

Stock-based Compensation Expense

     (8       2,214            2,214   

Cash dividends declared

            

Common ($0.34 per share)

           (35,805       (35,805

Net earnings

           81,733          81,733   

Other comprehensive income

             35,284        35,284   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2011

     104,482      $ —        $ 479,973      $ 193,372      $ 41,469      $ 714,814   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Interest and dividends received

   $ 270,885      $ 300,013      $ 315,165   

Service charges and other fees received

     33,855        35,430        31,375   

Interest paid

     (36,226     (59,494     (94,229

Cash paid to vendors and employees

     (123,675     (145,712     (137,436

Income taxes paid

     (57,000     (43,313     (48,201

Proceeds from FDIC shared-loss agreements

     42,179        15,941        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     130,018        102,865        66,674   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from sale of FHLB Stock

     14,055        10,838        —     

Proceeds from sales of investment securities

     —          743,769        609,142   

Proceeds from repayment of investment securities

     373,740        315,100        361,588   

Proceeds from maturity of investment securities

     90,342        304,772        251,302   

Purchases of investment securities

     (816,386     (1,098,711     (793,017

Net decrease in loans and lease finance receivables

     232,164        265,009        107,350   

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment

     191        240        342   

Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned

     20,907        16,460        13,859   

Purchase of premises and equipment

     (1,676     (6,712     (4,162

Cash acquired in San Joaquin Bank acquisition

     —          —          15,844   

Other, net

     —          (330     (440
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (86,663     550,435        561,808   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Net increase in transaction deposits

     338,443        184,559        388,869   

Net (decrease)/increase in time deposits

     (252,723     (104,086     11,702   

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

     —          —          200,000   

Repayment of advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

     (100,000     (200,000     (1,275,060

Repayment of repurchase agreement

     —          (250,000     —     

Repayment of Subordinated Debt

     (5,000     —          —     

Repayment of advances from Federal Reserve Bank

     —          —          (29,000

Net decrease in other borrowings

     (1,917     (508     (2,947

Net (decrease)/ increase in customer repurchase agreements

     (32,818     57,056        127,319   

Cash dividends on preferred stock

     —          —          (4,271

Cash dividends on common stock

     (35,805     (36,103     (32,228

Repurchase of preferred stock

     —          —          (131,307

Repurchase of common stock

     (12,527     (5,169     —     

Issuance of common stock

     —          —          126,056   

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     59        1,547        280   

Tax benefit related to exercise of stock options

     1        425        62   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (102,287     (352,279     (620,525
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (58,932     301,021        7,957   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period

     404,275        103,254        95,297   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period

   $ 345,343      $ 404,275      $ 103,254   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

RECONCILIATION OF NET EARNINGS TO NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      
      

Net earnings

   $ 81,733      $ 62,935      $ 65,419   

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Gain on sale of investment securities

     —          (38,900     (28,446

Gain on San Joaquin Bank acquisition

     —          —          (21,122

Amortization of capitalized prepayment penalty on borrowings

     272        272        23   

FDIC Prepaid Assessment

     —          —          (22,420

(Gain)/loss on sale of premises and equipment

     (41     181        79   

(Gain)/loss on sale of other real estate owned

     (722     514        (411

Credit-related impairment loss on investment securities held-to-maturity

     656        904        323   

Increase from bank owned life insurance

     (3,259     (3,125     (2,792

Net amortization of premiums on investment securities

     14,105        6,947        3,098   

Accretion of SJB Discount

     (12,275     (27,412     (302

Provisions for credit losses

     7,068        61,200        80,500   

Provisions for losses on other real estate owned

     5,139        6,029        848   

Change in FDIC Loss Sharing Asset

     (171     15,856        (1,398

Stock-based compensation

     2,214        2,197        1,666   

Depreciation and amortization

     9,648        10,546        9,880   

Proceeds from FDIC shared-loss agreements

     42,179        15,941        —     

Change in accrued interest receivable

     135        5,025        4,437   

Change in accrued interest payable

     (1,459     (1,496     (3,737

Change in other assets and liabilities

     (15,204     (14,749     (18,971
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments

     48,285        39,930        1,255   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

   $ 130,018      $ 102,865      $ 66,674   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Securities purchased and not settled

   $ 20,641      $ —        $ —     

Transfer from loans to Other Real Estate Owned

   $ 32,331      $ 30,097      $ 17,070   

Federally Assisted Acquisition of San Joaquin Bank (2009) :

      

Assets acquired

       $ 520,508   

Negative goodwill and intangibles

         (16,516

FDIC Receivable

         131,860   

Liabilities assumed

         (651,696
      

 

 

 

Purchase price of acquisition, net of cash received

       $ (15,844
      

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

94


Table of Contents

CVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting and reporting policies of CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and conform to practices within the banking industry. A summary of the significant accounting policies consistently applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows.

Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of CVB Financial Corp. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Company”): Citizens Business Bank (the “Bank”) after elimination of all intercompany transactions and balances. The Company also has three inactive subsidiaries; CVB Ventures, Inc.; Chino Valley Bancorp; and ONB Bancorp. The Company is also the common stockholder of CVB Statutory Trust I, CVB Statutory Trust II, CVB Statutory Trust III, and FCB Trust II. CVB Statutory Trusts I and II were created in December 2003 and CVB Statutory Trust III was created in January 2006 to issue trust preferred securities in order to raise capital for the Company. The Company acquired FCB Trust II through the acquisition of First Coastal Bancshares (“FCB”). The FCB Trust II was redeemed on January 7, 2012. In accordance with ASC 810 Consolidation (previously Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46R “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”), these trusts do not meet the criteria for consolidation.

Nature of Operations - The Company’s primary operations are related to traditional banking activities, including the acceptance of deposits and the lending and investing of money through the operations of the Bank. The Bank also provides automobile and equipment leasing to customers through its Citizens Financial Services Group and trust and investment-related services to customers through its CitizensTrust Division. The Bank’s customers consist primarily of small to mid-sized businesses and individuals located in San Bernardino County, Riverside County, Orange County, Los Angeles County, Madera County, Fresno County, Tulare County, Kern County and San Joaquin County. The Bank operates 42 Business Financial Centers, five Commercial Banking Centers, and two trust office locations with its headquarters located in the city of Ontario.

The Company’s operating business units have been divided into two main segments: (i) Business Financial and Commercial Banking Centers (“Centers”) and (ii) Treasury. The Business Financial and Commercial Banking Centers lines of business generally consist of loans, deposits, and fee generating products and services that the Bank offers to its clients and prospects. The other segment is Treasury, which manages the investment portfolio of the Company. The Company’s remaining centralized functions and eliminations of inter-segment amounts have been aggregated and included in “Other.”

The internal reporting of the Company considers all business units. Funds are allocated to each business unit based on its need to fund assets (use of funds) or its need to invest funds (source of funds). Net income is determined based on the actual net income of the business unit plus the allocated income or expense based on the sources and uses of funds for each business unit. Non-interest income and non-interest expense are those items directly attributable to a business unit.

Cash and cash equivalents - Cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, and amounts due from correspondent banks, the Federal Reserve Bank and interest-bearing balances due from depository institutions, with initial terms of ninety days or less, are included in Cash and cash equivalents.

Investment Securities - The Company classifies as held-to-maturity those debt securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Securities classified as trading are those securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. All other debt and equity securities

 

95


Table of Contents

are classified as available-for-sale. Securities held-to-maturity are accounted for at cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Trading securities are accounted for at fair value with the unrealized gains and losses being included in current earnings. Available-for-sale securities are accounted for at fair value, with the net unrealized gains and losses, net of income tax effects, presented as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized in earnings at the time of sale and are determined on a specific-identification basis. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the effective-yield method over the terms of the securities. For mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), the amortization or accretion is based on estimated average lives of the securities. The lives of these securities can fluctuate based on the amount of prepayments received on the underlying collateral of the securities. The Company’s investment in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock is carried at cost.

At each reporting date, securities are assessed to determine whether there is an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). Other-than-temporary impairment on investment securities is recognized in earnings when there are credit losses on a debt security for which management does not intend to sell and for which it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will not have to sell prior to recovery of the noncredit impairment. In those situations, the portion of the total impairment that is attributable to the credit loss would be recognized in earnings, and the remaining difference between the debt security’s amortized cost and its fair value would be included in other comprehensive income.

Loans Held for Sale - Loans held for sale include mortgage loans originated for resale and other non-covered or covered loans transferred from our held-for-investment portfolio when a decision is made to sell a loan(s) and are reported at the lower of cost or fair value. Occasionally, we may transfer other loans from our held for investment loan portfolio to loans held for sale when a decision is made to sell a loan(s). Normally a formal marketing strategy or plan for sale is developed at the time the decision to sell the loan(s) is made. Cost generally approximates fair value at any reporting date, as the mortgage loans were recently originated. The transfer of the loan to held for sale is done at the lower of cost or fair value and if a reduction in value is required at time of the transfer, a charge-off is recorded against the allowance for credit losses (“ALLL”). Any subsequent decline in value or any subsequent gain on sale of the loan is recorded to current earnings and reported as part of other non-interest income. Gains or losses on the sale of loans that are held for sale are recognized at the time of sale and determined by the difference between net sale proceeds and the net book value of the loans. We do not currently retain servicing on any mortgage loans sold.

Loans and Lease Finance Receivables - Non-covered loans and lease finance receivables that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, less deferred net loan origination fees. In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into commitments to extend credit to its customers. To the extent that such commitments are funded, the unfunded amounts are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Interest on non-covered loans and lease finance receivables is credited to income based on the principal amount outstanding. Non-covered loans are considered delinquent when principal or interest payments are past due 30 days or more and generally remain on accrual status between 30 and 89 days past due. Interest income is not recognized on non-covered loans and lease finance receivables when collection of interest is deemed by management to be doubtful. Non-covered loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as nonaccrual loans. In general, the accrual of interest on non-covered loans is discontinued when the loan becomes 90 days past due, or when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered in determining that the full collection of principal and interest is no longer probable include cash flow and liquidity of the borrower or property, the financial position of the guarantors and their willingness to support the loan as well as other factors and involve significant judgment. When an asset is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued but unpaid interest is reversed against income. Subsequent collections of cash are applied as reductions to the principal balance unless the loan is returned to accrual status. Interest is not recognized using a cash-basis method. Nonaccrual loans may be restored to accrual status when principal and

 

96


Table of Contents

interest become current and when the borrower is able to demonstrate payment performance for a sustained period, typically for six months. A nonaccrual loan may return to accrual status sooner based on other significant events or mitigating circumstances. This policy is consistently applied to all classes of non-covered financing receivables.

The Company receives collateral to support loans, lease finance receivables, and commitments to extend credit for which collateral is deemed necessary. The most significant categories of collateral are real estate, principally commercial and industrial income-producing properties, real estate mortgages, and assets utilized in dairy, livestock and agribusiness, and various personal property assets utilized in commercial and industrial business governed under the Uniform Commercial Code.

Nonrefundable fees and direct costs associated with the origination or purchase of non-covered loans are deferred and netted against outstanding loan balances. The deferred net loan fees and costs are recognized in interest income over the loan term using the effective-yield method.

Loans are reported as a Troubled Debt Restructuring (“TDR”) if the Company for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. Examples such concessions may include deferral of principal or accrued interest, extending the payment due dates or loan maturity date(s), or providing a lower interest rate than would be normally available for new debt with similar risk. Where collateral is offered by a borrower and it is significant in proportion to the nature of the concession requested, to the extent that it substantially reduces the Company’s risk of loss we may provide a concession. In such cases, these modifications are not considered TDRs as, in substance, no concession was made as a result of the significant additional collateral obtained.

When determining whether or not a loan modification is a TDR under ASC 310-40, the Company evaluates loan modification requests from borrowers experiencing financial difficulties on a case-by-case basis. Any such modifications granted are unique to the borrower’s circumstances, and are not easily categorized by type, key features, or other terms, but are evaluated individually based on all relevant facts and circumstances pertaining to the modification request and the borrower’s/guarantor’s financial condition at the time of the request. The evaluation of whether or not the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties will include, among other relevant factors considered by the Company, a review of significant factors such as (i) whether the borrower is in default on any of its debt, (ii) whether the borrower is experiencing payment delinquency, (iii) whether the borrower’s current cash flows have diminished below what is necessary to service existing debt obligations, (iv) whether the borrower forecasts its cash flows will be insufficient to service the debt in future periods or in accordance with the contractual terms of the existing agreement through maturity, (v) whether the borrower is unable to refinance the subject debt from other financing sources with similar terms, and (vi) whether the borrower is in jeopardy as a going-concern and/or is the borrower considering bankruptcy. In any case, the debtor is presumed to be experiencing financial difficulties if the Company determines it is probable the debtor will default on the original loan if the modification is not granted.

The types of loans subject to modification vary greatly, but during the subject period are concentrated in commercial and industrial loans, dairy and agricultural loans, and term loans to commercial real estate investors. Some examples of key features include payment deferrals and delays, interest rate reductions, and extensions or renewals where the contract rate may or may not be below the market rate of interest for debt with similar characteristics as those of the modified debt. The typical length of the modified terms often ranges from three (3) to twelve (12) months; however, all actual modified terms will depend on the facts, circumstances and attributes of the specific borrower requesting a modification. In general, after a careful evaluation of all relevant facts and circumstances taken together, including the nature of any concession, certain modification requests will result in troubled debt restructurings while certain other modifications will not, pursuant to the criteria and judgments as discussed throughout this report. In many cases, modification requests for delays or deferrals of principal were evaluated and determined to be exempt from TDR reporting because they constituted insignificant delays under ASC 310-40-15.

 

97


Table of Contents

In situations where the Company has determined that the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and is evaluating whether a concession is insignificant, and therefore does not result in a troubled debt restructuring, is based on an evaluation of both the amount and the timing of the restructured payments, including the following factors:

 

  1. Whether the amount of the restructured payments subject to delay is insignificant relative to the unpaid principal balance or collateral value of the debt and will result in an insignificant shortfall in the contractual amount due; and

 

  2. The delay is insignificant relative to any of the following:

 

   

The frequency of payments due;

 

   

The debt’s original contractual maturity; or

 

   

The debt’s original expected duration.

Most modified loans not classified and accounted for as troubled debt restructurings were performing and paying as agreed under their original terms in the six-month period immediately preceding a request for modification. Subsequently, these modified loans continue to perform under the modified terms and deferrals that amounted to insignificant delays which is supported by the fact and circumstances of each individual loan as described above. Payment performance continues to be monitored once modifications are made. The Company’s favorable experience regarding “re-defaults” under modified terms, or upon return of the loan to its original terms, indicates that such relief often improves ultimate collection and reduces the Company’s risk of loss.

A loan is generally considered impaired when based on current events and information it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. A loan including a restructured loan, for which there is an insignificant delay relative to the frequency of payments due, and/or original contractual maturity is not considered an impaired loan. Generally, impaired loans include loans on nonaccrual status and TDRs.

The Company’s policy is to record a specific valuation allowance, which is included in the allowance for credit losses, or charge -off that portion of an impaired loan that represents the impairment or shortfall amount as determined utilizing one of the three methods described in ASC 310-10-35-22. Impairment on non-collateral dependent restructured loans are measured by comparing the present value of expected future cash flows on the restructured loans discounted at the interest rate of the original loan agreement to the loan’s carrying value. The impairment amount, if any, is generally charged-off and recorded against the allowance for credit losses at the time impairment is measurable and a probable loss is determined. As a result, most of the TDRs have no specific allowance allocated because, consistent with the Company’s stated practice, any impairment is typically charged-off in the period in which it is identified. Impairment on collateral dependent restructured loans are measured by determining the amount the impaired loan exceeds the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. The fair value is generally determined by an appraisal of the collateral performed by a Company-approved third-party independent appraiser. The majority of impaired loans that are collateral dependent are charged-off down to their estimated fair value of the collateral (less selling costs) at each reporting date based on current appraised value.

 

98


Table of Contents

Appraisals of the collateral for impaired collateral-dependent loans are typically ordered at the earlier of the time the loan is identified as showing signs of inherent weakness, which may jeopardize repayment of when the loan is identified as impaired. These appraisals are normally updated at least annually, or more frequently, if there are concerns or indications that the value of the collateral may have changed significantly since the previous appraisal. On exception, a specific valuation allowance is only recorded on collateral dependent impaired loans when a current appraisal is not yet available, a recent appraisal is still under review or on single-family mortgage loans if the loans are currently under review for a loan modification. Such valuation allowances are generally based on previous appraisals adjusted for current market conditions, based on preliminary appraisal values that are still being reviewed or for single-family loans under review for modification on an appraisal or indications of comparable home sales from external sources.

Charge-offs of unsecured consumer loans are recorded when the loan reaches 120 days past due or sooner as circumstances dictate. Except for the charge-offs of unsecured consumer loans, the charge-off policy is applied consistently across all portfolio segments.

The Company measures impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except that as a practical expedient, the Company may measure impairment based on a loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is a collateral-dependent loan. Impaired single-family mortgage loans that have been modified in accordance with the various government modification programs are also measured based on the present value of the expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s pre-modification interest rate. The Company recognizes the change in present value attributable to the passage of time as interest income on such performing single-family mortgage loans and the amount of interest income recognized has been insignificant. During 2011, eleven such single-family mortgage loans have been returned to accrual status after demonstrating sustained repayment performance.

Covered Loans - We refer to “covered loans” as those loans that we acquired in the San Joaquin Bank (“SJB”) acquisition for which we will be reimbursed for a substantial portion of any future losses under the terms of the FDIC loss sharing agreement. We account for loans under ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (“acquired impaired loan accounting”) when (i) we acquire loans deemed to be impaired when there is evidence of credit deterioration since their origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that we would be unable to collect all contractually required payments and (ii) as a general policy election for non-impaired loans that we acquire in a distressed bank acquisition. Acquired impaired loans are accounted for individually or in pools of loans based on common risk characteristics. The excess of the loan’s or pool’s scheduled contractual principal and interest payments over all cash flows expected at acquisition is the nonaccretable difference. The remaining amount, representing the excess of the loan’s cash flows expected to be collected over the fair value is the accretable yield (accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool).

Deteriorated Credit Quality (“acquired impaired loan accounting”) when (i) we acquire loans deemed to be impaired when there is evidence of credit deterioration since their origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that we would be unable to collect all contractually required payments and (ii) as a general policy election for non-impaired loans that we acquire in a distressed bank acquisition. Acquired impaired loans are accounted for individually or in pools of loans based on common risk characteristics. The excess of the loan’s or pool’s scheduled contractual principal and interest payments over all cash flows expected at acquisition is the nonaccretable difference. The remaining amount, representing the excess of the loan’s cash flows expected to be collected over the fair value is the accretable yield (accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool).

 

99


Table of Contents

Provision and Allowance for Credit Losses - The allowance for credit losses is established as management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan and lease receivables portfolio. The allowance is increased by the provision for losses and decreased by charge-offs when management believes the uncollectability of a loan is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The determination of the balance in the allowance for credit losses is based on an analysis of the loan and lease finance receivables portfolio using a systematic methodology and reflects an amount that, in management’s judgment, is appropriate to provide for probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio, after giving consideration to the character of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions, past credit loss experience, and such other factors that would deserve current recognition in estimating inherent credit losses.

There are different qualitative risks for the loans in each portfolio segment. The construction and real estate segments’ predominant risk characteristic is the collateral and the geographic location of the property collateralizing the loan as well as the operating cash flow for commercial real estate properties. The commercial and industrial segment’s predominant risk characteristics are the cash flow of the businesses we lend to, the global cash flows and liquidity of the guarantors as well as economic and market conditions. The dairy and livestock segment’s predominant risk characteristics are milk and beef prices in the market as well as the cost of feed and cattle. The municipal lease segment’s predominant risk characteristics are the municipality’s general financial condition and tax revenues or if applicable the specific project related financial condition. The consumer, auto and other segment’s predominant risk characteristics are employment and income levels as it relates to consumers and cash flows of the businesses as it relates to equipment and vehicle leases to businesses.

The Company’s methodology is consistently applied across all the portfolio segments taken into account the applicable historical loss rates and the qualitative factors applicable to each pool of loans. A key factor in the Company’s methodology is the loan risk rating (Pass, Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful and Loss). Loan risk ratings are updated as facts related to the loan or borrower become available. In addition, all term loans in excess of $1.0 million are subject to an annual internal credit review process where all factors underlying the loan, borrower and guarantors are reviewed and may result in changes to the loan’s risk rating. There have been no significant changes to the methodology or policies in the periods presented, except for one new factor added to the allowance for credit losses methodology during the quarter ended September 30, 2011. As part of the qualitative analysis, this new factor is used to adjust the historical loan loss rates to include an adjustment for indicated volatility in the value of various types of real estate collateral in our market area. The estimate is reviewed quarterly by the Board of Directors and management and periodically by various regulatory entities and, as adjustments become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods in which they become known.

A provision for credit losses on the covered portfolio will be recorded if there is deterioration in the expected cash flows on covered loans compared to those previously estimated without regard to the reimbursement from the FDIC under the FDIC loss sharing agreement. The portion of the loss on covered loans reimbursable from the FDIC is recorded in noninterest income as an increase in FDIC loss sharing asset. Decreases in expected cash flows on the acquired impaired loans as of the measurement date compared to previously estimated are recognized by recording a provision for credit losses on acquired impaired loans. Loans accounted for as part of a pool are measured based on the expected cash flows of the entire pool.

FDIC Loss Sharing Asset - The FDIC loss sharing asset is initially recorded at fair value which represents the present value of the estimated cash payments from the FDIC for future losses on covered loans. The estimated gross cash flows associated with this asset were $144.9 million as of October 16, 2009. The ultimate collectability of this asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered loans, the passage of time and claims paid by the FDIC. The loss estimates used in calculating the FDIC loss sharing asset are determined on the same basis as the loss estimates on the related covered loans and is the present value of the cash flows the Company expects to collect from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreement. The difference between the present value and the undiscounted cash flow the Company expects to collect from the FDIC is accreted into noninterest income over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset. The FDIC indemnification asset is adjusted for any changes in expected cash flows based on the loan performance. Any increases in cash flow of

 

100


Table of Contents

the loans over those expected will reduce the FDIC indemnification asset and any decreases in cash flow of the loans over those expected will increase the FDIC indemnification asset. Increase and decreases to the FDIC indemnification asset are recorded as adjustments to other operating income.

Non-covered Other Real Estate Owned - Non-covered other real estate owned (“OREO”) represents real estate acquired through foreclosure in lieu of repayment of commercial and real estate loans and is stated at fair value, minus estimated costs to sell (fair value at time of foreclosure). Non-covered loan balances in excess of fair value of the real estate acquired at the date of acquisition are charged against the allowance for credit losses. Any subsequent operating expenses or income, reduction in estimated values, and gains or losses on disposition of such properties are charged to current operations. Gain recognition upon disposition of a property is dependent on the sale having met certain criteria relating to the buyer’s initial investment in the property sold.

Covered Other Real Estate Owned - All other real estate owned acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of SJB are included in a FDIC shared-loss agreement and are referred to as covered other real estate owned. Covered other real estate owned is reported exclusive of expected reimbursement cash flows from the FDIC. Fair value adjustments on covered other real estate owned result in a reduction of the covered other real estate carrying amount and a corresponding increase in the estimated FDIC reimbursement, with the estimated net loss to the Company charged against earnings.

Premises and Equipment - Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation, which is provided for in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated service lives using the straight-line method. Properties under capital lease and leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of estimated economic lives of 15 years or the initial terms of the leases. Estimated lives are 3 to 5 years for computer equipment, 5 to 7 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment, and 15 to 40 years for buildings and improvements. Long-lived assets are reviewed periodically for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The existence of impairment is based on undiscounted cash flows. To the extent impairment exists, the impairment is calculated as the difference in fair value of assets and their carrying value. The impairment loss, if any, would be recorded in noninterest expense.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets - Goodwill resulting from business combinations prior to January 1, 2009, represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of the businesses acquired. Goodwill resulting from business combinations after January 1, 2009, is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events and circumstances exists that indicate that a goodwill impairment test should be performed. The Company selected July 1 as the date to perform the annual impairment test. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on our balance sheet. There was no recorded impairment as of December 31, 2011.

Other intangible assets consist of core deposit intangible assets arising from business combinations and are amortized over an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial instruments and to determine fair value disclosures. Investment securities available-for-sale and interest-rate swaps are financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record at fair value other financial assets on a non-recurring basis, such as impaired loans and OREO. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or writedowns of individual assets. Further, we include in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements information about the extent to which fair value is used to measure assets and liabilities, the valuation methodologies used and its impact to earnings. Additionally, for financial instruments not recorded at fair value we disclose the estimate of their fair value.

 

101


Table of Contents

Bank Owned Life Insurance - The Company invests in Bank-Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”). BOLI involves the purchasing of life insurance by the Company on a select group of employees. The Company is the owner and primary beneficiary of these policies. BOLI is recorded as an asset at cash surrender value. Increases in the cash value of these policies, as well as insurance proceeds received, are recorded in other non-interest income and are not subject to income tax.

Income Taxes - Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Future realization of deferred tax assets ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character (for example, ordinary income or capital gain) within the carryback or carryforward periods available under the tax law. Based on historical and future expected taxable earnings and available strategies, the Company considers the future realization of these deferred tax assets more likely than not.

The tax effects from an uncertain tax position are recognized in the financial statements only if, based on its merits, the position is more likely than not to be sustained on audit by the taxing authorities. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recorded as part of other operating expense.

Earnings per Common Share - The Company calculates earnings per common share (“EPS”) using the two-class method. The two-class method requires the Company to present EPS as if all of the earnings for the period are distributed to common shareholders and any participating securities, regardless of whether any actual dividends or distributions are made. All outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to non-forfeitable dividends are considered participating securities. The Company grants restricted shares under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan that qualify as participating securities. Restricted shares issued under this plan are entitled to dividends at the same rate as common stock. A reconciliation of the numerator and the denominator used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share is included in Note 17.

Stock-Based Compensation - At December 31, 2011, the Company has three stock-based employee compensation plans. The Company accounts for stock compensation using the “modified prospective” method. Under this method, awards that are granted, modified, or settled after December 31, 2005, are fair valued as of grant date and compensation costs recognized over the vesting period on a straight-lined basis. Also under this method, unvested stock awards as of January 1, 2006 are recognized over the remaining service period with no change in historical reported earnings.

Derivative Financial Instruments - All derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. For derivatives designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item related to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. Changes in fair value of derivatives designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges, to the extent they are effective as hedges, are recorded in “Other Comprehensive Income,” net of deferred taxes, and are subsequently reclassified to earnings when the hedged transaction affects earnings. Any hedge ineffectiveness would be recognized in the income statement line item pertaining to the hedged item.

Statement of Cash Flows - Cash and cash equivalents as reported in the statements of cash flows include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing balances due from depository institutions and federal funds sold with original maturities of three months or less. Cash flows from loans and deposits are reported net.

CitizensTrust - This division provides trust, investment and brokerage related services, as well as financial, estate and business succession planning services. CitizensTrust services its clients through two offices in Southern California: Pasadena, and Ontario. CitizensTrust has approximately $2.0 billion in assets under

 

102


Table of Contents

administration, including $1.6 billion in assets under management. The amount of these funds and the related liability have not been recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets because they are not assets or liabilities of the Bank or Company, with the exception of any funds held on deposit with the Bank.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements- The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relates to the determination of the allowance for credit losses. Other significant estimates which may be subject to change include fair value determinations and disclosures, impairment of investments, goodwill, loans, determining the amount and realization of the FDIC loss sharing asset, and valuation of deferred tax assets, other intangibles and OREO.

Other Contingencies - In the ordinary course of business, the Company becomes involved in litigation. Based upon the Company’s internal records and discussions with legal counsel, the Company records reserves as appropriate, for estimates of the probable outcome of all cases brought against the Company. Except as discussed in Note 14 at December 31, 2011 the Company does not have any litigation reserves and is not aware of any material pending legal action or complaints asserted against the Company.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements - In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-02, Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring. The update provides additional guidance for creditors in determining whether a creditor has granted a concession and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties for purposes of determining whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. The provisions of this standard are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011, and should be applied retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance on July 1, 2011 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” Under ASU 2011-05, an entity will have the option to present the components of net earnings and comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. This standard eliminates the option in United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) to present other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity. ASU 2011-05 should be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. Adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” The provisions of ASU 2011-08 permits an entity an option to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If an entity believes, as a result of its qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further impairment testing is required. ASU 2011-08 includes examples of events and circumstances that may indicate that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-08 are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted provided that the entity has not yet performed its annual impairment test for goodwill. The Company performs its annual impairment test for goodwill on July 1 of each year. The Company does not expect adoption of this amendment to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

Reclassification - Certain amounts in the prior periods’ financial statements and related footnote disclosures have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation with no impact on previously reported net income or stockholders’ equity.

 

103


Table of Contents

2. FEDERALLY ASSISTED ACQUISITION OF SAN JOAQUIN BANK

On October 16, 2009, Citizens Business Bank acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all of the liabilities of San Joaquin Bank (“SJB”) from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) in an FDIC-assisted transaction. The Bank entered into a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC, whereby the FDIC will cover a substantial portion of any future losses on certain acquired assets. The acquired assets subject to the loss sharing agreement are referred to collectively as “covered assets.” Under the terms of such loss sharing agreement, the FDIC will absorb 80% of losses and share in 80% of loss recoveries up to $144.0 million with respect to covered assets, after a first loss amount of $26.7 million. The FDIC will reimburse the Bank for 95% of losses and share in 95% of loss recoveries in excess of $144.0 million with respect to covered assets. The loss sharing agreement is in effect for 5 years for commercial loans and 10 years for single- family residential loans from the October 16, 2009 acquisition date and the loss recovery provisions are in effect for 8 and 10 years, respectively for commercial and single-family residential loans from the acquisition date. The purpose of this acquisition was to expand our presence in the Central Valley region of California.

The acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The assets and liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the October 16, 2009 acquisition date. The application of the purchase method of accounting resulted in an after-tax gain of $12.3 million which is included in 2009 earnings. The gain is the negative goodwill resulting from the acquired assets and liabilities recognized at fair value.

3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities are summarized below. The majority of securities held are publicly traded, and the estimated fair values were obtained from an independent pricing service based upon market quotes.

 

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Gain
     Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Loss
    Fair
Value
     Total
Percent
 
            (Dollars in thousands)               

Investment Securities Available-for-Sale:

             

Government agency & government-sponsored enterprises

   $ 46,273       $ 234       $ —        $ 46,507         2.11

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     869,847         18,487         (334     888,000         40.33

CMO’s / REMIC’s–Residential

     594,866         10,307         (665     604,508         27.46

Municipal bonds

     608,575         43,665         (203     652,037         29.62

Other securities

     10,468         10         (4     10,474         0.48
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investment Securities

   $ 2,130,029       $ 72,703       $ (1,206   $ 2,201,526         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Gain
     Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Loss
    Fair Value      Total
Percent
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Investment Securities Available-for-Sale:

             

Government agency & government-sponsored enterprises

   $ 106,368       $ 119       $ (214   $ 106,273         5.93

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     801,370         13,405         (6,366     808,409         45.12

CMO’s / REMIC’s–Residential

     267,556         4,300         (1,379     270,477         15.10

Municipal bonds

     605,199         10,943         (9,743     606,399         33.85
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investment Securities

   $ 1,780,493       $ 28,767       $ (17,702   $ 1,791,558         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Approximately 70% of the available-for-sale portfolio at December 31, 2011 represents securities issued by the U.S government or U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, with the implied guarantee of payment of principal and interest. The remaining CMO/REMICs are backed by agency-pooled collateral or whole loan

 

104


Table of Contents

collateral. All non-agency available-for-sale CMO/REMIC issues held are rated investment grade or better by either Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. We have $4.8 million in CMO/REMIC’s backed by whole loans issued by private-label companies (non-government sponsored).

There were no realized gains or losses for the year ended December 31, 2011. Gross realized gains were $38.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and no realized losses. Gross realized gains were $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and no realized losses.

Composition of the Fair Value and Gross Unrealized Losses of Securities:

 

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Less than 12 months      12 months or longer      Total  
Description of Securities    Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Holding

Losses
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Held-To-Maturity

                 

CMO

   $ 2,383       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 2,383       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale

                 

Government agency

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     75,754         334         —           —           75,754         334   

CMO/REMICs—Residential

     133,471         665         —           —           133,471         665   

Municipal bonds

     22,184         203         —           —           22,184         203   

Other Securities

     2,500         4         —           —           2,500         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 233,909       $ 1,206       $ —         $ —         $ 233,909       $ 1,206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2010  
     Less than 12 months      12 months or longer      Total  
Description of Securities    Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Holding
Losses
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Held-To-Maturity

                 

CMO

   $ —         $ —         $ 3,143       $ 401       $ 3,143       $ 401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale

                 

Government agency

   $ 79,635       $ 214       $ —         $ —         $ 79,635       $ 214   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     449,806         6,366         —           —           449,806         6,366   

CMO/REMICs—Residential

     144,234         1,379         —           —           144,234         1,379   

Municipal bonds

     225,928         8,844         5,585         899         231,513         9,743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 899,603       $ 16,803       $ 5,585       $ 899       $ 905,188       $ 17,702   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The tables above show the Company’s investment securities’ gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Company has reviewed individual securities to determine whether a decline in fair value below the amortized cost basis is other-than-temporary.

The following summarizes our analysis of these securities and the unrealized losses. This assessment was based on the following factors: i) the length of the time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost; ii) adverse condition specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area and whether or not the Company expects to recover the entire amortized cost, iii) historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security; iv) the payment structure of the security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments in the future; v) failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments, vi) any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency, and vii) recoveries or additional declines in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date.

 

105


Table of Contents

CMO Held-to-Maturity — We have one investment security classified as held-to-maturity. This security was issued by Countrywide Financial and is collateralized by Alt-A mortgages. The mortgages are primarily fixed-rate, 30-year loans, originated in early 2006 with average FICO scores of 715 and an average LTV of 71% at origination. The security was a senior security in the securitization, was rated triple AAA at origination and was supported by subordinate securities. This security is classified as held-to-maturity as we have both the intent and ability to hold this debt security to maturity as the amount of the security, $2.4 million, is not significant to our liquidity needs. We acquired this security in February 2008 at a price of 98.25%. The significant decline in the fair value of the security first appeared in August 2008 as the current financial crisis in the markets occurred and the market for securities collateralized by Alt-A mortgages diminished.

As of December 31, 2011, the unrealized loss on this security was zero and the fair value on the security was 57% of the current par value. The security is rated non-investment grade. We evaluated the security for an other-than-temporary decline in fair value as of December 31, 2011. The key assumptions include default rates, severities and prepayment rates. This security was determined to be credit impaired during 2009 due to continued degradation in expected cash flows primarily due to higher loss forecasts. We determined the amount of the credit impairment by discounting the expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral. In 2009, we recognized an other-than-temporary impairment of $2.0 million reduced by $1.7 million for the non-credit portion which was reflected in other comprehensive income. The remaining loss of $323,000 was recognized in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2009. In 2011 and 2010, we recognized other-than-temporary impairment of $656,000 and $904,000, respectively, on this security, which was charged to other operating income. This Alt-A bond, with a book value of $2.4 million as of December 31, 2011, has had $1.9 million in net impairment losses to date. These losses have been recorded as a reduction to other operating income.

The following table provides a roll-forward of credit-related other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 
   (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of the period

   $ 1,227   

Addition of OTTI that was not previously recognized

     656   

Reduction for securities sold during the period

     —     

Reduction for securities with OTTI recognized in earnings because the security might be sold before recovery of its amortized cost basis that are recognized over the remaining life of the security

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of the period

   $ 1,883   
  

 

 

 

Government Agency & Government-Sponsored Enterprise — The government agency bonds are backed by the full faith and credit of Agencies of the U.S. Government. These securities are bullet securities, that is, they have a defined maturity date on which the principal is paid. The contractual term of these investments provides that the Company will receive the face value of the bond at maturity which will equal the amortized cost of the bond. Interest is received throughout the life of the security. There was no loss greater than 12 months on these securities at December 31, 2011.

Mortgage-Backed Securities and CMO/REMICs — Almost all of the mortgage-backed and CMO/REMICs securities are issued by the government-sponsored enterprises such as Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. These securities are collateralized or backed by the underlying residential mortgages. All mortgage-backed securities are considered to be rated investment grade with an average life of approximately 3.0 years. The contractual cash flows of 99.68% of these investments have the implied guarantee of U.S. government-sponsored agencies. The remaining 0.32% is issued by banks. Accordingly, it is expected the securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the bonds. At December 31, 2011, there was no unrealized loss greater than 12 months.

 

106


Table of Contents

Municipal Bonds —The majority of our municipal bonds are insured by the largest bond insurance companies with maturities of approximately 9.8 years. There were no securities with an unrealized loss greater than 12 months and all municipal securities were performing at December 31, 2011. The Company diversifies its holdings by owning selections of securities from different issuers and by holding securities from geographically diversified municipal issuers, thus reducing the Company’s exposure to any single adverse event. Because we believe the decline in fair value is attributable to the changes in interest rates and not credit quality and because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized costs, which may be at maturity, management does not consider these investments to be other than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011.

We are continually monitoring the quality of our municipal bond portfolio in light of the current financial problems exhibited by certain monoline insurance companies. Many of the securities that would not be rated without insurance are pre-refunded and/or are general obligation bonds. We continue to monitor municipalities to determine any audit or performance issues. We use outside brokers to assist us in these analyses. Based on our monitoring of the municipal marketplace, to our knowledge, none of the municipalities are exhibiting financial problems that would lead us to believe there is a loss in any given security.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, investment securities having an amortized cost of approximately $1.85 billion and $1.74 billion, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, short and long-term borrowings, and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2011, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Although mortgage-backed securities and CMO/REMICs have contractual maturities through 2041, expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay such obligations without penalty. Mortgage-backed securities and CMO/REMICs are included in maturity categories based upon estimated prepayment speeds.

 

 

     Available-for-sale  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Weighted-
Average
Yield
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Due in one year or less

   $ 124,996       $ 127,168         3.22

Due after one year through five years

     1,630,781         1,679,549         2.81

Due after five years through ten years

     321,947         340,109         3.70

Due after ten years

     52,305         54,700         3.65
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 2,130,029       $ 2,201,526         2.99
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

The investment in FHLB stock is periodically evaluated for impairment based on, among other things, the capital adequacy of the FHLB and its overall financial condition. No impairment losses have been recorded through December 31, 2011.

 

107


Table of Contents

4. LOAN AND LEASE FINANCE RECEIVABLES AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The following is a summary of the components of loan and lease finance receivables:

 

 

     As of December 31, 2011  
     Non-Covered
Loans
    Covered Loans     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and Industrial

   $ 494,299      $ 29,651      $ 523,950   

Real Estate:

      

Construction

     76,146        18,685        94,831   

Commercial Real Estate

     1,948,292        223,107        2,171,399   

SFR Mortgage

     176,442        3,289        179,731   

Consumer

     51,436        8,353        59,789   

Municipal lease finance receivables

     113,460        169        113,629   

Auto and equipment leases, net of unearned discount

     17,370        —          17,370   

Dairy and Livestock

     343,350        199        343,549   

Agribusiness

     4,327        24,196        28,523   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Loans

   $ 3,225,122      $ 307,649      $ 3,532,771   

Less:

      

Purchase accounting discount

     —          (50,780     (50,780

Deferred loan fees, net

     (5,395     —          (5,395
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loans, net of deferred loan fees

   $ 3,219,727      $ 256,869      $ 3,476,596   

Less: Allowance for credit losses

     (93,964     —          (93,964
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loans

   $ 3,125,763      $ 256,869      $ 3,382,632   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Non-Covered
Loans
    Covered Loans     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and Industrial

   $ 460,399      $ 39,587      $ 499,986   

Real Estate:

      

Construction

     138,980        84,498        223,478   

Commercial Real Estate

     1,980,256        292,014        2,272,270   

SFR Mortgage

     218,467        5,858        224,325   

Consumer

     56,747        10,624        67,371   

Municipal lease finance receivables

     128,552        576        129,128   

Auto and equipment leases, net of unearned discount

     17,982        —          17,982   

Dairy and Livestock

     376,143        —          376,143   

Agribusiness

     1,686        55,618        57,304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Loans

   $ 3,379,212      $ 488,775      $ 3,867,987   

Less:

      

Purchase accounting discount

     —          (114,763     (114,763

Deferred loan fees, net

     (5,484     —          (5,484
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loans, net of deferred loan fees

   $ 3,373,728      $ 374,012      $ 3,747,740   

Less: Allowance for credit losses

     (105,259     —          (105,259
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loans

   $ 3,268,469      $ 374,012      $ 3,642,481   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011, the Company held approximately $1.31 billion of fixed rate loans. As of December 31, 2011, 61.5% of the loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans and 2.7% of the loan portfolio consisted of construction loans. Substantially all of the Company’s real estate loans and construction loans are secured by real properties located in California.

 

108


Table of Contents

The following is the activity of loans held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Non-Covered Loans Held for Sale Activity

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
             2011                     2010          
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 2,954      $ 1,439   

Originations of mortage loans

     37,304        33,391   

Sales of mortgage loans

     (34,962     (29,212

Transfer of mortgage loans to held for investment

     (3,292     (4,320

Sales of other loans

     (6,000     —     

Transfers of other loans to held for sale

     6,000        2,521   

Write-down of loans held for sale

     (1,656     (865
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 348      $ 2,954   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Covered Loans Held for Sale Activity

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
             2011                     2010          
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ —        $ —     

Originations of mortage loans

     —          —     

Sales of mortgage loans

     —          —     

Transfer of other loans to held for investment

     —          —     

Sales of other loans

     —          —     

Transfers of other loans to held for sale

     5,726        —     

Write-down of loans held for sale

     —          —     

Payment on other loans

     (62  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 5,664      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the second quarter ended June 30, 2011, a decision was made to sell one loan and it was transferred to held for sale at a fair value of $6.0 million and resulted in a charge-off against the allowance for credit losses of $619,000 at the time of transfer. This loan was subsequently sold in July, 2011 at a small gain. Also, in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, another loan classified as held for sale with a book value of $1.7 million was written-off to zero with the write-off reported as part of non-interest income. The loan was the subject of legal proceedings regarding our lien position and a preliminary decision by the court found that our lien was not in a first priority position. After careful analysis of the preliminary court decision and valuation of the subject collateral, we wrote off the remaining carrying amount.

During 2011, 12 covered loans in an aggregate carrying balance of $5.7 million were transferred to held-for-sale.

Occasionally, the Company may decide to retain and not sell certain mortgage loans originated and will transfer them to its held for investment loan portfolio. This is generally done for customer service purposes.

Credit Quality Indicators

 

Central to our credit risk management is our loan risk rating system. The originating credit officer assigns borrowers an initial risk rating, which is reviewed and possibly changed by Credit Management, which is based primarily on a thorough analysis of each borrower’s financial capacity in conjunction with industry and

 

109


Table of Contents

economic trends. Approvals are made based upon the amount of inherent credit risk specific to the transaction and are reviewed for appropriateness by senior line and credit management personnel. Credits are monitored by line and credit management personnel for deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition, which would impact the ability of the borrower to perform under the contract. Risk ratings are adjusted as necessary.

Loans are risk rated into the following categories (Credit Quality Indicators): Pass, Pass Watch List, Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful and Loss. Each of these groups is assessed for the proper amount to be used in determining the adequacy of our allowance for losses. These categories can be described as follows:

Pass – These loans range from minimal credit risk to lower than average, but still acceptable, credit risk.

Pass Watch List — Pass Watch list loans usually require more than normal management attention. Loans which qualify for the Pass Watch List may involve borrowers with adverse financial trends, higher debt/equity ratios, or weaker liquidity positions, but not to the degree of being considered a defined weakness or problem loan where risk of loss may be apparent.

Special Mention — Loans assigned to this category are currently protected but are weak. Although concerns exist, the Company is currently protected and loss is unlikely. They have potential weaknesses that may, if not checked or corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Company’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard – Loans classified as substandard include poor liquidity, high leverage, and erratic earnings or losses. The primary source of repayment is no longer realistic, and asset or collateral liquidation may be the only source of repayment. Loans are marginal and require continuing and close supervision by credit management. Substandard loans have the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful – Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added provision that the weaknesses make collection or the liquidation, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonable specific pending factors which may work to the advantage and strengthening of the assets, their classifications as losses are deferred until their more exact status may be determined.

Loss — Loans classified as loss are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as active assets of the Company is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future.

 

110


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our internal credit risk rating categories by loan class as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Credit Quality Indicators

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade

 

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Pass      Watch List      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful &
Loss
     Total  

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 323,653       $ 94,059       $ 55,140       $ 21,447       $ —         $ 494,299   

Construction—Speculative

     2,654         —           25,610         35,191         —           63,455   

Construction—Non-Speculative

     1,314         137         687         10,553         —           12,691   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner-Occupied

     370,801         176,958         74,315         77,884         —           699,958   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner-

                 

Occupied

     836,465         193,751         108,798         108,482         838         1,248,334   

Residential Real Estate (SFR 1-4)

     143,841         8,336         6,807         17,458         —           176,442   

Dairy & Livestock

     73,074         106,024         91,416         72,619         217         343,350   

Agribusiness

     2,800         860         667         —           —           4,327   

Municipal Lease Finance Receivables

     70,781         23,106         8,927         10,646         —           113,460   

Consumer

     42,295         3,474         3,906         1,740         21         51,436   

Auto & Equipment Leases

     11,742         39         3,506         522         1,561         17,370   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-covered Loans

     1,879,420         606,744         379,779         356,542         2,637         3,225,122   

Covered Loans

     48,440         73,718         20,728         164,198         565         307,649   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Loans excluding held-for-sale

     1,927,860         680,462         400,507         520,740         3,202         3,532,771   

Non-covered loans held-for-sale

     348         —           —           —           —           348   

Covered loans held-for-sale

     —           —           —           5,664         —           5,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gross Loans

   $ 1,928,208       $ 680,462       $ 400,507       $ 526,404       $ 3,202       $ 3,538,783   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2010  
     Pass      Watch List      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful &
Loss
     Total  

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 310,207       $ 79,860       $ 35,526       $ 34,741       $ 65       $ 460,399   

Construction—Speculative

     428         16,022         24,773         78,672         —           119,895   

Construction—Non-Speculative

     3,168         3,422         2,346         10,149         —           19,085   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner-Occupied

     371,575         109,784         91,751         139,320         —           712,430   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner-

                 

Occupied

     851,980         197,696         64,808         153,342         —           1,267,826   

Residential Real Estate (SFR 1-4)

     190,022         11,002         801         16,642         —           218,467   

Dairy & Livestock

     4,373         4,917         152,891         213,962         —           376,143   

Agribusiness

     1,096         446         144         —           —           1,686   

Municipal Lease Finance Receivables

     92,064         11,540         21,746         3,202         —           128,552   

Consumer

     47,927         4,885         2,367         1,484         84         56,747   

Auto & Equipment Leases

     10,925         3,450         1,122         2,483         2         17,982   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-covered Loans

     1,883,765         443,024         398,275         653,997         151         3,379,212   

Covered Loans

     139,038         59,996         42,147         247,407         187         488,775   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Loans excluding held-for-sale

     2,022,803         503,020         440,422         901,404         338         3,867,987   

Non-covered loans held-for-sale

     1,298         —           —           1,656         —           2,954   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gross Loans

   $ 2,024,101       $ 503,020       $ 440,422       $ 903,060       $ 338       $ 3,870,941   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

111


Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses

The Credit Management Division is responsible for regularly reviewing the allowance for credit losses (“ALLL”) methodology, including loss factors and economic risk factors. The Bank’s Director Loan Committee provides Board oversight of the ALLL process and approves the ALLL methodology on a quarterly basis.

Our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance is conducted on a regular basis and considers all loans. The systematic methodology consists of two major phases.

In the first phase, individual loans are reviewed to identify loans for impairment. A loan is generally considered impaired when principal and interest are deemed uncollectible in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. A loan for which there is an insignificant delay or amount of payments is not considered an impaired loan. Impairment is measured as either the expected future cash flows discounted at each loan’s effective interest rate, the fair value of the loan’s collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, or an observable market price of the loan (if one exists). If we determine that the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment of the loan, we either recognize an impairment reserve as a Specific Allowance to be provided for in the allowance for credit losses or charge-off the impaired balance if it is determined that such amount represents a confirmed loss. Loans determined to be impaired are excluded from the formula allowance so as not to double-count the loss exposure.

The second phase is conducted by evaluating or segmenting the remainder of the loan portfolio into groups or pools of loans with similar characteristics. In this second phase, groups or pools of homogeneous loans are reviewed to determine a portfolio formula allowance. In the case of the portfolio formula allowance, homogeneous portfolios, such as small business loans, consumer loans, agricultural loans, and real estate loans, are aggregated or pooled in determining the appropriate allowance. The risk assessment process in this case emphasizes trends in the different portfolios for delinquency, loss, and other-behavioral characteristics of the subject portfolios.

Included in this second phase is our considerations of qualitative factors, including, all known relevant internal and external factors that may affect the collectability of a loan. This includes our estimates of the amounts necessary for concentrations, economic uncertainties, the volatility of the market value of collateral, and other relevant factors. These qualitative factors are used to adjust the historical loan loss rates for each pool of loans to determine the probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio.

The methodology is consistently applied across all the portfolio segments taking into account the applicable historical loss rates and the qualitative factors applicable to each pool of loans. There have been no significant changes to the methodology or policies in the periods presented, except for one new factor added to the allowance for credit losses methodology during the quarter ended December 31, 2011. As part of the qualitative analysis, this new factor is used to adjust the historical loan loss rates to include an adjustment for indicated volatility in the value of various types of real estate collateral in our market area.

Management believes that the ALLL was appropriate at December 31, 2011. No assurance can be given that economic conditions which adversely affect our service areas or other circumstances will not be reflected in increased provisions for credit losses in the future.

 

112


Table of Contents

The following table presents the balance and activity in the allowance for credit losses; and the recorded investment in held-for-investment loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

Allowance for Credit Losses and Recorded Investment in Financing Receivables  
(Dollars in thousands)   
    Commercial
and

Industrial
    Construction     Real
Estate
    Municipal
Lease
Finance

Receivables
    Dairy
and
Livestock
    Consumer,
Auto & Other
    Covered
Loans (1)
    Unallocated     Total  

2011

                 

Allowance for Credit Losses:

                 

Beginning balance, January 1, 2011

  $ 11,472      $ 10,188      $ 43,529      $ 2,172      $ 36,061      $ 1,034      $ —        $ 803      $ 105,259   

Charge-offs

    (1,980     (7,976     (5,870     0        (3,291     (511     (893     —          (20,521

Recoveries

    302        757        748        0        151        200        0        0        2,158   

Provision

    860        1,978        13,466        231        (15,691     915        893        4,416        7,068   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 10,654      $ 4,947      $ 51,873      $ 2,403      $ 17,230      $ 1,638      $ —        $ 5,219      $ 93,964   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 165      $ —        $ 1,339      $ —        $ 1,371      $ 93      $ —        $ —        $ 2,968   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 10,489      $ 4,947      $ 50,534      $ 2,403      $ 15,859      $ 1,545      $ —        $ 5,219      $ 90,996   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and financing receivables: (1)

                 

Ending balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 494,299      $ 76,146      $ 2,124,734      $ 113,460      $ 343,350      $ 73,133      $ 256,869      $ —        $ 3,481,991   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 4,954      $ 33,402      $ 52,141      $ —        $ 10,251      $ 478      $ 83,745      $ —        $ 184,971   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 489,345      $ 42,744      $ 2,072,593      $ 113,460      $ 333,099      $ 72,655      $ 173,124      $ —        $ 3,297,020   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Commercial
and

Industrial
    Construction     Real
Estate
    Municipal
Lease
Finance

Receivables
    Dairy
and
Livestock
    Consumer,
Auto & Other
    Covered
Loans (1)
    Unallocated     Total  

2010

                 

Allowance for Credit Losses:

                 

Beginning balance, January 1, 2010

  $ 7,530      $ 21,222      $ 42,215      $ 1,724      $ 31,051      $ 1,004      $ —        $ 4,178      $ 108,924   

Charge-offs

    (6,290     (15,648     (41,356     (13     (1,205     (627     (385     —          (65,524

Recoveries

    242        291        35        —          —          76        15        —          659   

Provision

    9,990        4,323        42,635        461        6,215        581        370        (3,375     61,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 11,472      $ 10,188      $ 43,529      $ 2,172      $ 36,061      $ 1,034      $ —        $ 803      $ 105,259   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 50      $ 3,300      $ 681      $ —        $ —        $ 28      $ —        $ —        $ 4,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 11,422      $ 6,888      $ 42,848      $ 2,172      $ 36,061      $ 1,006      $ —        $ 803      $ 101,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and financing receivables: (1)

                 

Ending balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 460,399      $ 138,980      $ 2,198,723      $ 128,552      $ 377,829      $ 74,729      $ 374,012      $ —        $ 3,753,224   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 9,404      $ 63,025      $ 90,416      $ —        $ 5,207      $ 586      $ 15,879      $ —        $ 184,517   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 450,995      $ 75,955      $ 2,108,307      $ 128,552      $ 372,622      $ 74,143      $ 358,133      $ —        $ 3,568,707   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The ending balance of loans and financing receivables excludes deferred loan fees of $5.4 million and $5.5 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

113


Table of Contents

Past Due and Non-Performing Loans

We manage asset quality and control credit risk through diversification of the non-covered loan portfolio and the application of policies designed to promote sound underwriting and loan monitoring practices. The Bank’s Credit Management Division is in charge of monitoring asset quality, establishing credit policies and procedures and enforcing the consistent application of these policies and procedures across the Bank. Reviews of non-performing, past due non-covered loans and larger credits, designed to identify potential charges to the allowance for credit losses, and to determine the adequacy of the allowance, are conducted on an ongoing basis. These reviews consider such factors as the financial strength of borrowers and any guarantors, the value of the applicable collateral, loan loss experience, estimated loan losses, growth in the loan portfolio, prevailing economic conditions and other factors.

Loans are reported as a troubled debt restructuring when the Bank grants a concession(s) to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties that it would not otherwise consider. Examples of such concessions include a reduction in the loan rate, deferral of principal or accrued interest, extending the payment due dates or loan maturity date(s), or providing a lower interest rate than would be normally available for new debt of similar risk. As a result of these concessions, restructured loans are classified as impaired. Impairment reserves on non-collateral dependent restructured loans are measured by comparing the present value of expected future cash flows on the restructured loans discounted at the interest rate of the original loan agreement to the loan’s carrying value. These impairment reserves are recognized as a specific component to be provided for in the allowance for loan and credit losses.

Generally, when loans are identified as impaired they are moved to our Special Assets Division. When we identify a loan as impaired, we measure the loan for potential impairment using discounted cash flows, except when the sole remaining source of the repayment for the loan is the liquidation of the collateral. In these cases, we use the current fair value of collateral, less selling costs. The starting point for determining the fair value of collateral is through obtaining external appraisals.

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when the loan becomes 90 days past due based on the contractual term of the loan, or when the full collection of principal and interest is in doubt. When an asset is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued but unpaid interest is reversed against income. Subsequent collections of cash are applied as reductions to the principal balance unless the loan is returned to accrual status. Nonaccrual loans may be restored to accrual status when principal and interest become current and full payment of principal and interest is expected. Had nonaccrual loans for which interest was no longer accruing complied with the original terms and conditions of their notes, interest income would have been $3.5 million, $5.2 million and $4.1 million greater for 2011, 20010 and 2009, respectively.

Speculative construction loans are generally for properties where there is not an identified buyer or renter.

 

114


Table of Contents

The following table presents the recorded investment in non-covered past due and nonaccrual loans and loans past due by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Non-Covered Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

December 31, 2011

   30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     Greater
Than 90
Days
Past Due
and
Accruing
     Total Past
Due and
Accruing
     Nonaccrual      Current      Total Loans
and Financing
Receivables
 

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 2,872       $ 150       $ —         $ 3,022       $ 3,432       $ 487,845       $ 494,299   

Construction—Speculative

     —           —           —           —           13,317         42,203         55,520   

Construction—Non-Speculative

     —           —           —           —           —           20,626         20,626   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner-Occupied

     133         280         —           413         9,474         690,071         699,958   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner-Occupied

     374         —           —           374         16,518         1,231,442         1,248,334   

Residential Real Estate (SFR 1-4)

     1,568         —           —           1,568         16,970         157,904         176,442   

Dairy & Livestock

     —           —           —           —           2,475         340,875         343,350   

Agribusiness

     —           —           —           —           —           4,327         4,327   

Municipal Lease Finance Receivables

     —           —           —           —           —           113,460         113,460   

Consumer

     59         —           —           59         382         50,995         51,436   

Auto & Equipment Leases

     14         6         —           20         104         17,246         17,370   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-covered Loans excluding held-for-sale

     5,020         436         —           5,456         62,672         3,156,994         3,225,122   

Loans Held-for-Sale Residential Real Estate (SFR 1-4)

     —           —           —           —           —           348         348   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,020       $ 436       $ —         $ 5,456       $ 62,672       $ 3,157,342       $ 3,225,470   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

   30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     Greater
Than 90
Days
Past Due
and
Accruing
     Total Past
Due and
Accruing
     Nonaccrual      Current      Total Loans
and Financing
Receivables
 

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 2,177       $ 1,036       $ —           3,213       $ 3,887       $ 453,299       $ 460,399   

Construction—Speculative

     —           —           —           —           53,552         66,343         119,895   

Construction—Non-Speculative

     —           —           —           —           9,473         9,612         19,085   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner-Occupied

     62         —           —           62         5,457         706,911         712,430   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner-Occupied

     3,132         —           —           3,132         59,402         1,205,292         1,267,826   

Residential Real Estate (SFR 1-4)

     1,473         1,124         —           2,597         17,800         198,070         218,467   

Dairy & Livestock

     —           —           —           —           5,207         370,936         376,143   

Agribusiness

     —           —           —           —           —           1,686         1,686   

Municipal Lease Finance Receivables

     —           —           —           —           —           128,552         128,552   

Consumer

     —           29         —           29         537         56,181         56,747   

Auto & Equipment Leases

     93         14         —           107         49         17,826         17,982   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-covered Loans excluding held-for-sale

     6,937         2,203         —           9,140         155,364         3,214,708         3,379,212   

Loans Held-for-Sale Construction—Speculative

     —           —           —           —           1,656         —           1,656   

Loans Held-for-Sale Residential Real Estate (SFR 1-4)

     —           —           —           —           —           1,298         1,298   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,937       $ 2,203       $ —         $ 9,140       $ 157,020       $ 3,216,006       $ 3,382,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

115


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011, the Company had non-covered impaired loans of $101.2 million. Of this amount, $920,000 consisted of nonaccrual residential construction and land loans, $12.4 million in nonaccrual commercial construction loans, $17.0 million of nonaccrual single family mortgage loans, $26.0 million of nonaccrual commercial real estate loans, $3.5 million of nonaccrual commercial and industrial loans, $2.5 million of nonaccrual dairy and livestock loans and $478,000 of nonaccrual consumer loans. Non-covered impaired loans also include $62.4 million of loans whose terms were modified in a troubled debt restructure, of which $23.8 million are classified as nonaccrual. The remaining balance of $38.6 million consists of 16 loans performing according to the restructured terms. These impaired loans had specific allowance of $3.0 million at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2010, the Company had classified as impaired, non-covered loans with a balance of $170.3 million with a related allowance of $4.1 million.

The following table presents held-for-investment and held-for-sale loans, individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Non-Covered Impaired Loans

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

      Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

December 31, 2011

                                  

With no related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 3,566       $ 4,630       $ —         $ 4,649       $ 93   

Held for Sale Construction—Speculative

     —           —           —           —           —     

Construction—Speculative

     13,317         15,718         —           15,434         —     

Construction—Non-Speculative

     20,085         20,085         —           16,437         1,123   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner-Occupied

     13,567         14,013         —           11,941         449   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner-Occupied

     16,435         23,656         —           21,096         67   

Residential Real Estate (SFR 1-4)

     14,069         17,411         —           15,120         47   

Dairy & Livestock

     8,879         10,358         —           10,535         446   

Municipal Lease Finance Receivables

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer

     104         150         —           127         —     

Auto & Equipment Leases

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     90,022         106,021         —           95,339         2,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With a related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 1,388       $ 1,410       $ 165       $ 1,554       $ —     

Construction—Speculative

     —           —           —           —           —     

Construction—Non-Speculative

     —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial Real Estate—Owner-Occupied

     3,900         3,900         928         3,900         —     

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner-Occupied

     83         85         5         86         —     

Residential Real Estate (SFR 1-4)

     4,087         4,369         406         3,967         —     

Dairy, Livestock & Agribusiness

     1,372         3,324         1,372         2,402         —     

Municipal Lease Finance Receivables

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer

     270         278         77         276         —     

Auto & Equipment Leases

     104         110         15         141         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     11,204         13,476         2,968         12,326         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 101,226       $ 119,497       $ 2,968       $ 107,665       $ 2,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

                                  

With no related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 9,060       $ 9,600       $ —         $ 9,972       $ 339   

Held for Sale Construction—Speculative

     1,656         3,739         —           2,311         —     

Construction—Speculative

     45,672         61,382         —           54,299         —     

Construction—Non-Speculative

     9,473         10,149         —           9,777         —     

Commercial Real Estate—Owner-Occupied

     4,528         4,528         —           4,541         —     

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner-Occupied

     66,856         103,010         —           93,807         498   

Residential Real Estate (SFR 1-4)

     13,766         16,285         —           14,556         —     

Dairy & Livestock

     5,207         5,780         —           6,334         —     

Municipal Lease Finance Receivables

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer

     334         334         —           336         —     

Auto & Equipment Leases

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     156,552         214,807         —           195,933         837   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents
      Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

December 31, 2010

                                  

With a related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 344       $ 352       $ 50       $ 371       $ —     

Construction—Speculative

     7,880         12,588         3,300         8,966         —     

Construction—Non-Speculative

     —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial Real Estate—Owner-Occupied

     929         929         136         934         —     

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner-Occupied

     303         311         25         308         —     

Residential Real Estate (SFR 1-4)

     4,034         4,086         520         4,067         —     

Dairy, Livestock & Agribusiness

     —           —           —           —           —     

Municipal Lease Finance Receivables

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer

     203         205         21         207         —     

Auto & Equipment Leases

     49         49         7         77         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     13,742         18,520         4,059         14,930         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 170,294       $ 233,327       $ 4,059       $ 210,863       $ 837   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recognizes the charge-off of impairment allowance on impaired loans in the period it arises for collateral dependent loans. Therefore, the majority of the nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 have already been written-down to their estimated net realizable value. The impaired loans with a related allowance recorded are on nonaccrual loans where a charge-off is not yet processed, on nonaccrual SFR loans where there is a potential modification in process, or on smaller balance non-collateral dependent loans.

The allowance for off-balance sheet credit exposure relates to commitments to extend credit, letters of credit and undisbursed funds on lines of credit. The Company evaluates credit risk associated with the loan and lease portfolio at the same time it evaluates credit risk associated with the off-balance sheet commitments. As of December 31, 2011, the balance in this reserve was $9.6 million compared to a balance of $10.5 million as of December 31, 2010.

As a result of adopting the amendments in ASU 2011-02, the Company reassessed all restructurings that occurred on or after the beginning of the current fiscal year (January 1, 2011) for identification as troubled debt restructurings. Loans that are reported as TDRs are considered impaired and charged off on an individual loan basis, as deemed appropriate. The majority of restructured loans during 2011 are loans for which the terms of repayment have been renegotiated, resulting in a reduction in interest rate or deferral of principal.

As of December 31, 2011, we had loans of $62.4 million classified as a troubled debt restructured, of which $23.8 million are non-performing and $38.6 million are performing. TDRs on accrual status are comprised of loans that were accruing at the time of restructuring or have demonstrated repayment performance in compliance with the restructured terms for a sustained period and for which the Company anticipates full repayment of both principal and interest. TDRs on accrual status at December 31, 2011 were mainly comprised of commercial real estate loans including construction loans.

As of December 31, 2011, there were no loans for which the allowance for credit losses was previously measured under a general allowance for credit losses methodology and are now impaired as a result of adopting the amendments in ASU 2011-02. The majority of TDRs have no specific allowance allocated as any impairment amount is normally charged-off at the time a probable loss is determined. We have allocated $27,000 and zero specific allowance to TDRs as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

 

117


Table of Contents

The following are the loans modified as troubled debt restructurings for the year ended December 31, 2011:

Modifications

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2011  
     Number
of

Loans
     Pre-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding  Recorded
Investment
     Outstanding
Recorded  Investment
at December 31,
2011
 
           
           
           

Troubled Debt Restructurings

           

Commercial & Industrial

     5       $ 1,673       $ 1,372       $ 1,224   

Construction—Speculative

     2         16,886         16,886         15,394   

Construction—Non-Speculative

     1         9,219         9,219         9,219   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner-Occupied

     3         3,195         3,195         3,067   

Commercial Real Estate—Non- Owner- Occupied

     3         11,707         11,707         10,236   

Residential Real Estate (SFR 1-4)

     6         2,162         2,161         2,049   

Dairy & Lives tock

     5         11,750         11,750         8,662   

Agribusiness

     —           —           —           —     

Municipal Lease Finance Receivables

     —           —           —           —     

Consumer

     —           —           —           —     

Auto & Equipment Leases

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Covered Loans

     25         56,592         56,290         49,851   

Covered Loans

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gross Loans

     25       $ 56,592       $ 56,290       $ 49,851   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, there were two dairy and livestock loans with a total outstanding balance of $886,000 and two commercial real estate loans with a total outstanding balance of $3.4 million modified as troubled debt restructurings within the previous 12 months that subsequently defaulted during the 12 months ended December 31, 2011.

5. OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

The following table summarizes the activity related to Other Real Estate Owned for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

     Non-Covered     Covered     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

2011:

      

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 5,290      $ 11,305      $ 16,595   

Acquisitions

     —          —          —     

Additions

     16,081        16,250        32,331   

Dispositions

     (6,896     (13,289     (20,185

Valuation adjustments

     (655     (4,484     (5,139
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 13,820      $ 9,782      $ 23,602   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2010:

      

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 3,936      $ 5,565      $ 9,501   

Acquisitions

     —          —          —     

Additions

     16,950        13,147        30,097   

Dispositions

     (11,484     (5,490     (16,974

Valuation adjustments

     (4,112     (1,917     (6,029
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 5,290      $ 11,305      $ 16,595   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents

6. TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has granted loans to certain directors, executive officers, and the businesses with which they are associated. All such loans and commitments to lend were made under terms that are consistent with the Bank’s normal lending policies. All related party loans were current as to principal and interest at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The following is an analysis of the activity of all such loans:

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Outstanding balance, beginning of year

   $ 9,588      $ 8,260   

Credit granted and additional advances

     3,008        2,786   

Repayments

     (3,199     (1,458
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding balance, end of year

   $ 9,397      $ 9,588   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

7. FDIC LOSS SHARING ASSET AND OTHER ASSETS

The following table summarizes the activity related to the FDIC loss sharing asset for the years indicated:

 

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
             2011                     2010          
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 101,461      $ 133,258   

Acquisitions

     —          —     

Accretion

     3,750        5,217   

Net reductions

     (3,579     (21,073

Payments received from the FDIC

     (42,179     (15,941
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 59,453      $ 101,461   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net reductions to the FDIC loss share asset are related to covered loan payoffs, partial payments and transfers to Other Real Estate Owned, which resulted in lower actual losses on the loans than was originally estimated at the acquisition date. This was offset by increases to the FDIC loss share asset for covered loans and OREO that were resolved at higher actual losses than was originally estimated at the acquisition date. Through December 31, 2011, we have submitted claims to the FDIC for losses on covered loans totaling $101.0 million.

Other Assets consist of:

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Prepaid Expenses

   $ 16,699       $ 22,083   

Interest Rate Swaps

     20,497         9,127   

Other Assets

     7,477         8,876   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 44,673       $ 40,086   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in prepaid expenses are prepaid FDIC insurance assessments of $12.2 million and $17.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

119


Table of Contents

8. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment as of the dates indicated were as follows:

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Land

   $ 7,661      $ 7,661   

Bank premises

     46,270        46,288   

Furniture and equipment

     38,205        42,272   

Leased property under capital lease

     —          649   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, gross

     92,136        96,870   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (55,856     (55,949
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

   $ 36,280      $ 40,921   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company leases land and buildings under operating leases for varying periods extending to 2020, at which time the Company can exercise options that could extend certain leases through 2030. The future minimum annual rental payments required for leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2011, excluding property taxes and insurance, are as follows:

 

 

Year

   Amount  
     (Dollars in thousands )  

2012

   $ 5,305   

2013

     4,246   

2014

     3,474   

2015

     2,951   

2016

     2,271   

Succeeding years

     4,205   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum payments required

   $ 22,452   
  

 

 

 

Total rental expense for the Company was approximately $5.8 million, $6.3 million, and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

 

120


Table of Contents

9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following summarizes activity of amortizable core deposit intangible assets for the years ended December 2011 and 2010:

 

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011   2010  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Amortizing intangible assets

   $ 31,999       $(26,451)   $ 31,999       $ (22,970

Aggregate Amortization Expense:

          

For year ended December 31,

   $ 3,481         $ 3,732      

Estimated Amortization Expense:

          

For the year ended December 31,

          

For the year ended 2012

   $ 2,159           

For the year ended 2013

     1,127           

For the year ended 2014

     475           

For the year ended 2015

     437           

For the year ended 2016

     395           

Thereafter

     955           

At December 31, 2011 the weighted average remaining life of intangible assets is approximately 1.6 years.

10. INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense consists of the following:

 

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Current provision:

       

Federal

   $ 9,111       $ 30,053      $ 30,748   

State

     3,948         15,626        14,326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13,059         45,679        45,074   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred provision(benefit):

       

Federal

     17,732         (15,412     (15,924

State

     8,280         (6,463     (5,320
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     26,012         (21,875     (21,244
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 39,071       $ 23,804      $ 23,830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax asset (liability) consists of the following:

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Current:

    

Federal

   $ 25,999      $ 1,897   

State

     21,234        1,153   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     47,233        3,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

    

Federal

     1,661        38,556   

State

     (861     14,003   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     800        52,559   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 48,033      $ 55,609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

121


Table of Contents

The components of the net deferred tax asset (liability) are as follows:

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (Dollars in thousands )  

Federal

    

Deferred tax assets:

    

California franchise tax

   $ —        $ —     

Bad debt and credit loss deduction

     39,131        40,519   

Net operating loss carryforward

     999        1,108   

Deferred compensation

     2,757        2,921   

Other Intangibles

     12        5   

Covered Loans

     8,537        44,399   

Capital loss carryforward

     —          194   

California franchise tax

     943        —     

Other, net

     6,819        5,028   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax asset

     59,198        94,174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation

     1,845        2,130   

Intangibles—Acquistions

     2,485        3,275   

FDIC indemnification asset

     20,387        35,512   

FHLB Stock

     7,777        8,081   

Deferred income

     2,764        2,657   

Unrealized gain on investment securities, net

     22,279        3,323   

California franchise tax

     —          640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liability

     57,537        55,618   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset—federal

   $ 1,661      $ 38,556   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

State

    

Deferred tax assets:

    

Depreciation

   $ 191      $ —     

Bad debt and credit loss deduction

     12,119        12,549   

Net operating loss carryforward

     652        652   

Deferred compensation

     871        927   

Other Intangibles

     4        1   

Covered Loans

     —          2,972   

FDIC indemnification asset

     900        61   

Capital loss carryforward

     320        414   

Other, net

     1,648        1,557   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax asset

     16,705        19,133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation

     —          167   

Intangibles—Acquistions

     608        1,007   

Covered Loans

     6,918        —     

FHLB Stock

     1,994        2,088   

Deferred income

     296        712   

Unrealized gain on investment securities, net

     7,750        1,156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liability

     17,566        5,130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset—state

   $ (861   $ 14,003   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to the consolidated effective income tax rate follows:

 

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Federal income tax at statutory rate

   $ 42,281        35.0   $ 30,359        35.0   $ 31,237        35.0

State franchise taxes, net of federal benefit

     8,512        7.0     6,112        7.0     6,289        7.0

Tax-exempt income

     (11,234     (9.3 %)      (11,874     (13.7 %)      (12,525     (14.0 %) 

Tax credits

     (1,487     (1.2 %)      (1,427     (1.6 %)      (1,577     (1.8 %) 

Other, net

     999        0.8     634        0.7     406        0.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 39,071        32.3   $ 23,804        27.4   $ 23,830        26.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The change in unrecognized tax benefits in 2011 and 2010 follows:

 

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
    

        2011        

    

        2010        

 
     ( Dollars in thousands )  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 1,279       $ 1,417   

Additions for tax positions related to prior years

     —           390   

Reductions due to lapse of statue of limitations

     —           (528
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 1,279       $ 1,279   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011, of $1.3 million would, if recognized, affect the effective tax rate. The amount accrued for payment of interest as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $298,000 and $211,000, respectively. We record interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of other operating expense. We do not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months.

The Company is subject to federal income tax and franchise tax of the state of California. Our federal income tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 are open to audit by the federal authorities and our California state tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 are open to audit by state authorities.

11. DEPOSITS

The composition of deposits is as follows:

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-interest bearing deposits

          

Demand deposits

   $ 2,027,876         44.0   $ 1,701,523         37.7

Interest bearing deposits

          

Savings Deposits

     1,739,522         37.8     1,727,432         38.2

Time deposits

     837,150         18.2     1,089,873         24.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 4,604,548         100.0   $ 4,518,828         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Time certificates of deposit with balances of $100,000 or more amounted to approximately $744.5 million and $972.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Interest expense on such deposits amounted to approximately $2.5 million, $6.9 million, and $11.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

123


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011, the scheduled maturities of time certificates of deposit are as follows:

 

 

Year of maturity

   TOTAL  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

2012

   $ 821,088   

2013

     10,430   

2014

     677   

2015

     316   

2016 and thereafter

     4,639   
  

 

 

 
   $ 837,150   
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011, the Company had a single public depositor with certificates of deposit balances of approximately $240.0 million. These certificates mature January through March 2012.

12. BORROWINGS

During 2009 and 2008, the Bank entered into borrowing agreements with the FHLB. The Bank had $448.7 million of FHLB advances at December 31, 2011 with a weighted-average interest rate of 3.89% and $548.4 million at December 31, 2010 with a weighted average rate of 3.71%. FHLB held certain investment securities and loans of the Bank as collateral for those borrowings. The average outstanding balance for 2011 and 2010 was $548.0 million and $790.6 million, respectively. The maximum outstanding at any month-end was $548.6 million during 2011 and $998.1 million during 2010.

The Bank incurred prepayment penalties on borrowings of $3.3 million in 2011, $18.7 million in 2010 and $4.4 million in 2009.

In June 2006, the Company purchased securities totaling $250.0 million. This purchase was funded by a repurchase agreement of $250.0 million with a double cap embedded in the repurchase agreement. The maturity date was September 30, 2012. The repurchase agreement was paid off in 2010. The interest rate on this agreement was tied to three-month LIBOR and reset quarterly. The Company entered into this arrangement to protect itself from continued rising rates while benefiting from declining rates.

In November 2006, we began a repurchase agreement product with our customers. This product, known as Citizens Sweep Manager, sells our securities overnight to our customers under an agreement to repurchase them the next day. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, total funds borrowed under these agreements were $509.4 million and $542.2 million, respectively, with weighted average interest rates of 0.35% and 0.55%.

The Bank entered into an agreement, known as the Treasury Tax & Loan (“TT&L”) Note Option Program, in 1996 with the Federal Reserve Bank and the U.S. Department of the Treasury in which federal tax deposits made by depositors can be held by the Bank until called (withdrawn) by the U.S. Department of the Treasury. The maximum amount of accumulated federal tax deposits allowable to be held by the Bank, as set forth in the agreement, is $15.0 million. On December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amounts held by the Bank in the TT&L Note Option Program were zero and $1.9 million respectively, collateralized by securities. Amounts are payable on demand.

The Bank assumed subordinated debt of $5.0 million from the acquisition of FCB in June 2007 which was included in long-term borrowings. The debt had a variable interest rate which resets quarterly at three-month LIBOR plus 1.65%. This debt was called on July 1, 2011.

 

124


Table of Contents

The future contractual maturities of borrowed funds as of December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

 

Year

   Amount  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

2012

   $ —     

2013

     —     

2014

     —     

2015

     250,000   

2016

     200,000   

Thereafter

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total borrowed funds

   $ 450,000   
  

 

 

 

13. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

On December 17, 2003, CVB Statutory Trust I completed a $40,000,000 offering of Trust Preferred Securities and used the gross proceeds from the offering and other cash, totaling $41,238,000 to purchase a like amount of junior subordinated debenture of the Company. The junior subordinated debenture was issued concurrent with the issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities. The interest on junior subordinated debenture, paid by the Company to CVB Statutory Trust I, represents the sole revenues of CVB Statutory Trust I and the sole source of dividend distribution to the holders of the Trust Preferred Securities. The Company has fully and conditionally guaranteed all of CVB Statutory Trust I’s obligations under the Trust Preferred Securities. The Company has the right, assuming no default has occurred, to defer payments of interest on the junior subordinated debenture at any time for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarters. The Trust Preferred Securities will mature on December 17, 2033, and became callable in part or in total on December 17, 2008 by CVB Statutory Trust I. The Trust Preferred Securities had a fixed interest rate of 6.51% during the first five years. On December 17, 2008, the interest rate changed to a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.85% and resets quarterly. As of December 31, 2011, these securities continue to be outstanding.

On December 15, 2003, CVB Statutory Trust II completed a $40,000,000 offering of Trust Preferred Securities and used the gross proceeds from the offering and other cash totaling $41,238,000 to purchase a like amount of junior subordinated debenture of the Company. The junior subordinated debenture was issued concurrent with the issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities. The interest on junior subordinated debenture, paid by the Company to CVB Statutory Trust II, represents the sole revenues of CVB Statutory Trust II and the sole source of dividend distribution to the holders of the Trust Preferred Securities. The Company has fully and conditionally guaranteed all of CVB Statutory Trust II’s obligations under the Trust Preferred Securities. The Company has the right, assuming no default has occurred, to defer payments of interest on the junior subordinated debenture at any time for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarters. The Trust Preferred Securities will mature on January 7, 2034, but became callable in part or in total on January 7, 2009 by CVB Statutory Trust II. The Trust Preferred Securities had a fixed interest rate of 6.46% during the first five years. In January 2009, the interest rate changed to floating rate of three-month Libor rate plus 2.85% and resets quarterly. As of December 31, 2011, these securities continue to be outstanding.

On January 31, 2006, CVB Statutory Trust III completed a $25,000,000 offering of Trust Preferred Securities and used the gross proceeds from the offering and other cash totaling $25,774,000 to purchase a like amount of junior subordinated debenture of the Company. The junior subordinated debenture was issued concurrent with the issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities. The interest on junior subordinated debenture, paid by the Company to CVB Statutory Trust III, represents the sole revenues of CVB Statutory Trust III and the sole source of dividend distribution to the holders of the Trust Preferred Securities. The Company has fully and conditionally guaranteed all of CVB Statutory Trust III’s obligations under the Trust Preferred Securities. The Company has the right, assuming no default has occurred, to defer payments of interest on the junior subordinated debenture at any time for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarters. The Trust Preferred Securities will mature on March 15, 2036, but became callable in part or in total on March 15, 2011 by CVB

 

125


Table of Contents

Statutory Trust III. The Trust Preferred Securities have a variable per annum rate equal to LIBOR (as defined in the indenture dated as of January 31, 2006 (“Indenture”) between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as debenture trustee) plus 1.38% (the “Variable Rate”). As of December 31, 2011, these securities continue to be outstanding.

On June 22, 2007, we acquired FCB Statutory Trust II as a result of the FCB acquisition. Junior subordinated debentures were issued concurrent with the issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities. The Trust Preferred Securities have a principal amount of $6.8 million and mature on October 7, 2033. These securities became callable on July 7, 2008 and have a variable per annum rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.25%. As of December 31, 2011, these securities continue to be outstanding. Subsequent to December 31, 2011, on January 7, 2012, we consummated the redemption of all the outstanding debentures and trust preferred securities issued by First Coast Capital Trust II for total consideration of approximately $6.8 million.

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had commitments to extend credit of approximately $585.2 million and $570.1 million, respectively, and obligations under letters of credit of $66.8 million and $70.4 million, respectively. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers, provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Commitments are generally variable rate, and many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon. As such, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank uses the same credit underwriting policies in granting or accepting such commitments or contingent obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments, which consist of evaluating customers’ creditworthiness individually. The Company has a reserve for undisbursed commitments of $9.6 million as of December 31, 2011 and $10.5 million as of December 31, 2010.

Standby letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the financial performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. When deemed necessary, the Bank holds appropriate collateral supporting those commitments. Management does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions.

The Company has available lines of credit totaling $1.98 billion from certain financial institutions of which $1.57 billion were secured.

Other Contingencies

Certain lawsuits and claims arising in the ordinary course of business have been filed or are pending against us or our affiliates. Where appropriate, we establish reserves in accordance with FASB guidance over contingencies (ASC 450). The outcome of litigation and other legal and regulatory matters is inherently uncertain, however, and it is possible that one or more of the legal or regulatory matters currently pending or threatened could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, consolidated financial position, and/or results of operations. As of December 31, 2011, the Company does not have any significant litigation reserves.

In addition, the Company is involved in the following significant legal actions and complaints.

On July 26, 2010, we received a subpoena from the Los Angeles office of the SEC regarding the Company’s allowance for credit loss methodology, loan underwriting guidelines, methodology for grading loans, and the process for making provisions for loan losses. In addition, the subpoena requested information regarding certain presentations Company officers have given or conferences Company officers have attended with analysts, brokers, investors or prospective investors. We are fully cooperating with the SEC in its investigation, including its follow-up requests. We cannot predict the timing or outcome of the investigation.

In the wake of the Company’s disclosure of the SEC investigation, on August 23, 2010, a purported shareholder class action complaint was filed against the Company in an action captioned Lloyd v. CVB Financial Corp., et al., Case No. CV 10-06256-MMM, in the United States District Court for the Central District of

 

126


Table of Contents

California. Along with the Company, Christopher D. Myers (President and Chief Executive Officer) and Edward J. Biebrich Jr. (our former Chief Financial Officer) were also named as defendants. On September 14, 2010, a second purported shareholder class action complaint was filed against the Company in an action originally captioned Englund v. CVB Financial Corp., et al., Case No. CV 10-06815-RGK, in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. The Englund complaint named the same defendants as the Lloyd complaint and made allegations substantially similar to those included in the Lloyd complaint. On January 21, 2011, the Court consolidated the two actions for all purposes under the Lloyd action now captioned as Case No. CV 10-06256-MMM (PJWx). That same day, the Court also appointed the Jacksonville Police and Fire Pension Fund (the “Jacksonville Fund”) as lead plaintiff in the consolidated action and approved the Jacksonville Fund’s selection of lead counsel for the plaintiffs in the consolidated action. On March 7, 2011, the Jacksonville Fund filed a consolidated complaint naming the same defendants and alleging violations by all defendants of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and violations by the individual defendants of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. Specifically, the complaint alleges that defendants misrepresented and failed to disclose conditions adversely affecting the Company throughout the purported class period, which is alleged to be between October 21, 2009 and August 9, 2010. The complaint seeks compensatory damages and other relief in favor of the purported class. On May 13, 2011, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint. Following the filing by each side of supplemental motions and memoranda, the District Court conducted a hearing on August 29, 2011. The District Court issued a ruling on January 12, 2012, granting defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint, but provided the plaintiffs with leave to file an amended complaint within 45 days of the date of the order. On February 27, 2012, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint against the same defendants, which the Company plan to vigorously contest.

On February 28, 2011, a purported shareholder derivative complaint was filed in an action captioned Sanderson v. Borba, et al., Case No. CIVRS1102119, in California State Superior Court in San Bernardino County. The complaint names as defendants the members of our board of directors and also refers to unnamed defendants allegedly responsible for the conduct alleged. The Company is included as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleges breaches of fiduciary duties, abuse of control, gross mismanagement and corporate waste. Specifically, the complaint alleges, among other things, that defendants engaged in accounting manipulations in order to falsely portray the Company’s financial results in connection with its commercial real estate portfolio. Plaintiff seeks compensatory and exemplary damages to be paid by the defendants and awarded to the Company, as well as other relief. On June 20, 2011, defendants filed a demurrer requesting dismissal of the derivative complaint. Following the filing by each side of additional motions, the parties filed a notice on September 30, 2011 to postpone the Court’s hearing on the defendants’ demurrer until January 12, 2012, and this postponement was subsequently extended to April 16, 2012.

Because we are in the early stages of both the Lloyd and Sanderson proceedings, we cannot predict any range of loss or even if any loss is probable related to the actions described above.

15. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

As a result of the acquisition of Citizens Commercial Trust and Savings Bank of Pasadena (“CCT&SB”) in 1996, the Bank assumed deferred compensation and salary continuation agreements with several former employees of CCT&SB. These agreements call for periodic payments at the retirement of such employees who have normal retirement dates through 2021. In connection with these agreements, the Bank assumed life insurance policies, which it intends to use to fund the related liability. Benefits paid to retirees amounted to approximately $106,000 in each of 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The Bank also assumed a death benefit program for certain former employees of CCT&SB, under which the Bank will provide benefits to the former employees’ beneficiaries: 1) in the event of death while employed by the Bank; 2) after termination of employment for total and permanent disability; 3) after retirement, if retirement occurs after age 65. Amounts are to be paid to the former employees’ beneficiaries over a 10-year period in equal installments. Further, the Bank assumed life insurance policies to fund any future liability related to this program. Amounts paid for the benefit of retirees totaled approximately $45,000 in each of 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

127


Table of Contents

The Company assumed certain deferred compensation and salary continuation agreements as a result of the merger with Orange National Bancorp (“ONB”) in 1999. These agreements called for periodic payments over 180 months in the event that ONB experienced a merger, acquisition, or other act wherein the employees were not retained in similar positions with the surviving company. Amounts paid under these agreements totaled approximately $60,000 in each of 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The Company assumed certain deferred compensation and salary continuation agreements as a result of the merger with Western Security Bank (“WSB”) in 2002. These agreements called for periodic payments over 180 months in the event that WSB experienced a merger, acquisition, or other act wherein the employees were not retained in similar positions with the surviving company. Amounts paid under these agreements totaled approximately $636,000 in each of 2011, 2010 and 2009.

In 2003, the Company acquired Kaweah National Bank (“KNB”) which had severance arrangements with several of its officers should they not retain a similar position upon a change of control. These monies totaling $879,000 were paid into a Rabbi Trust by KNB prior to the closing of the acquisition. As a result, there is no effect on net earnings. Amounts paid under these agreements totaled approximately $70,200 in 2011 and $118,950 in 2010 and 2009.

In February 2006, the Company acquired Granite State Bank (“GSB”) which had a severance arrangement with an officer should he not retain a similar position upon a change of control. The total of $1.2 million was paid into a Rabbi Trust by GSB prior to the closing of the acquisition. As a result, there is no effect on net earnings. During 2011, we began making payments under this agreement, which totaled $80,000.

The total expense recorded under these deferred compensation agreements was $473,000 in 2011, $494,000 in 2010, and $509,000 in 2009.

On December 22, 2006, the Company approved a deferred compensation plan for its President and Chief Executive Officer, Christopher D. Myers. Under the Plan, which became effective on January 1, 2007, Mr. Myers may defer up to 75% of his base salary and up to 100% of his bonus for each calendar year in which the Plan is effective. The Company has the discretion to make additional contributions to the Plan for the benefit of Mr. Myers. No discretionary payments were made by the Company in 2009, 2010 or 2011.

On March 31, 2007, the Company approved the Executive Non-qualified Excess Plan, a deferred compensation plan for certain management employees to provide a means by which they may elect to defer receipt of compensation in order to provide retirement benefits. The Plan is intended to be unfunded and primarily serve the purpose of providing deferred compensation benefits for a select group of employees. The amounts funded by employees totaled $882,000 as of December 31, 2011.

16. 401(k) AND PROFIT-SHARING PLAN

The Bank sponsors a 401(k) and profit-sharing plan for the benefit of its employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan immediately upon hire. Employees may make contributions to the plan under the plan’s 401(k) component. The Bank contributes 3%, non-matching, to the plan to comply with ERISA’s safe harbor provisions. The Bank may make additional contributions under the plan’s profit-sharing component, subject to certain limitations. The Bank’s total contributions are determined by the Board of Directors and amounted to approximately $2.7 million in 2011, $1.5 million in 2010 and $2.2 million in 2009.

17. EQUITY AND EARNINGS PER SHARE RECONCILIATION

Preferred Stock and Warrant

On December 5, 2008, the Company issued, (1) 130,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, and (2) a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 1,669,521 shares of the Company’s voting common stock, without par value, at an exercise price

 

128


Table of Contents

of $11.68 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $130,000,000 in cash pursuant to the U.S. Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program. Of this amount, $8.6 million was allocated to the warrant and $121.4 million was allocated to Preferred Stock based on the fair values of these instruments. The preferred stock discount was being amortized over 5 years. We recorded $8.5 million for the amortization of preferred stock discount during 2009. The Series B Preferred Stock accrued a cumulative cash dividend at the rate of 5% for the first five years of issuance and 9% thereafter and is redeemable by the Company after February 15, 2012. We paid $4.3 million in preferred stock dividends during 2009. This preferred stock was repurchased in 2009 for $131.3 million.

In July 2009, we raised $132.5 million in gross proceeds ($126.1 million net proceeds) from the issuance of common stock in an underwritten public offering. Because we issued common stock in excess of $130 million, the warrant was reduced to 834,000 shares. The net proceeds were used, along with other funds, to repurchase the preferred stock and outstanding warrant issued to the United States Treasury as part of our participation in the Capital Purchase Program. We completed the repurchase of the preferred stock on September 2, 2009 and repurchased the warrant on October 28, 2009.

Earnings Per Common Share Reconciliation

Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing income allocated to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period. The computation of diluted earnings per common share considers the number of tax-effected shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of outstanding common stock options. The table below shows earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share and reconciles the numerator and denominator of both earnings per common share calculations.

 

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In thousands, except per share amount)  

Earnings per common share:

        

Net earnings

   $ 81,733       $ 62,935       $ 65,419   

Less: Dividends on preferred stock and discount amortization

     —           —           12,763   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net earnings available to common shareholders

   $ 81,733       $ 62,935       $ 52,656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Net earnings allocated to restricted stock

     292         217         179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net earnings allocated to common shareholders (numerator)

   $ 81,441       $ 62,718       $ 52,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding (denominator)

     105,143         105,880         92,955   

Earnings per common share (1)

   $ 0.77       $ 0.59       $ 0.56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share:

        

Net income allocated to common shareholders (numerator)

   $ 81,441       $ 62,718       $ 52,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

     105,143         105,880         92,955   

Incremental shares from assumed exercise of outstanding options

     80         246         101   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding (denominator)

     105,223         106,126         93,056   

Diluted earnings per common share (1)

   $ 0.77       $ 0.59       $ 0.56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Of the decrease in earnings and diluted earnings per common share for 2009, $0.14 is due to the preferred stock dividend and discount amortization and $0.07 is due to the increase in weighted common shares outstanding as a result of our capital offering.

18. STOCK OPTION PLANS AND RESTRICTED STOCK GRANTS

In May 2008, the shareholders approved the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan which authorizes the issuance of up to 3,949,891 shares of Company common stock for grants of stock options and restricted stock to employees, officers, consultants and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, and expires in 2018. The plan authorizes

 

129


Table of Contents

the issuance of incentive and non-qualified stock options, as well as, restricted stock awards. The 2008 Equity Incentive Plan replaced the 2000 Stock Option Plan. No further grants will be made under the 2000 Stock Option Plan, but shares may continue to be issued under such plan pursuant to grants previously made. As of December 31, 2011, we have 1,276,807 outstanding options under our 2000 Stock Option Plan.

Stock Options

The Company expensed $1.1 million, $1.4 million, and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively.

The estimated fair value of the options granted during 2011 and prior years was calculated using the Black-Scholes options pricing model. There were 31,000, 397,000 and 936,000 options granted during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The options will vest, in equal installments, over a five-year period. The fair value of each stock option granted in 2011, 2010, and 2009 was estimated on the date of grant using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Dividend Yield

     3.8     4.1     4.0

Volatility

     50.3     49.1     47.3

Risk-free interest rate

     1.3     1.6     2.5

Expected life

     7.0 years        7.4 years        7.2 years   

Fair Value

   $ 3.07      $ 2.76      $ 2.88   

The expected volatility is solely based on the daily historical stock price volatility over the expected option life. The expected life of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period of time an optionee will hold an option before exercising it. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury five-year constant maturity yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.

Option activity under the Company’s stock option plans as of December 31, 2011 and changes for the years ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 

 

Options

   Number of
Stock
Options
Outstanding
(000)
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
($000)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

     2,949      $ 10.42         

Granted

     31      $ 8.91         

Exercised

     (9   $ 6.66         

Forfeited or expired

     (106   $ 10.45         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     2,865      $ 10.41         5.40       $ 2,284   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2011

     2,711      $ 10.51         5.26       $ 2,067   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

     1,921      $ 11.27         4.16       $ 989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted was $3.07, $2.76 and $2.88 for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $20,000, $1.2 million and $147,000, respectively. The Company estimates its forfeiture rates based on its historical experience. The forfeiture rate for 2011 was 6.0%.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $1.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested options granted under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period

 

130


Table of Contents

of approximately 2.17 years. The total fair value of options vested was $1.5 million during 2011, $1.5 million in 2010 and $1.4 million during 2009. Cash received from stock option exercises was $59,000, $1.5 million, and $280,000 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, options for the purchase of 2,865,307 shares of Company common stock were outstanding under the above plans, of which options to purchase 1,921,207 shares were exercisable at prices ranging from $6.11 to $15.53.

The Company has a policy of issuing new shares to satisfy share option exercises.

Restricted Stock

Under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, we did not grant restricted stock awards in 2011. In 2010, we granted 170,000 restricted stock awards. The restricted stock awards had a weighted average fair value of $8.19. The stock will vest, in equal installments, over a five-year period.

Compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period, which is five years, and amounted to $1.1 million, $775,000 and $403,000 during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted shares was $994,000 at December 31, 2011.

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested restricted shares as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2011, is presented below:

 

 

     2011  

Nonvested Restricted Shares

   Shares     Weighted
Average
Fair Value
 
    
    
     (In thousands)        

Nonvested at January 1,

     427      $ 8.61   

Granted

     —       

Vested

     (114     8.96   

Forfeited

     (8     8.26   
  

 

 

   

Nonvested at December 31,

     305      $ 8.47   
  

 

 

   

Under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, 1,865,524 shares of common stock were available for the granting of future options and restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2011.

19. REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking regulatory agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct, material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgment by the regulators about components, risk-weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (primarily common stock and retained earnings, less goodwill) to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes that, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

131


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the most recent notifications from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage (tangible Tier 1 capital divided by average total assets) ratios as set forth in the table below must be maintained. There are no conditions or events since said notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had $115.1 million of trust-preferred securities, which were included in Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. The actual amount and capital ratios of the Company and the Bank at December 31 are as follows (Dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    To Be Well Capitalized
under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount
(000s)
     Ratio     Amount
(000s)
            Ratio     Amount
(000s)
            Ratio  
                     

As of December 31, 2011:

                     

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

                     

Company

   $ 774,809         19.05   $ 325,379         >         8.00           N/A   

Bank

   $ 756,702         18.63   $ 324,939         >         8.00   $ 406,174         >         10.00

Tier I Capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

                     

Company

   $ 723,329         17.79   $ 162,637         >         4.00           N/A   

Bank

   $ 705,273         17.36   $ 162,505         >         4.00   $ 243,758         >         6.00

Tier I Capital (to Average-Assets)

                     

Company

   $ 723,329         11.19   $ 258,563         >         4.00           N/A   

Bank

   $ 705,273         10.92   $ 258,342         >         4.00   $ 322,927         >         5.00

As of December 31, 2010:

                     

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

                     

Company

   $ 741,073         18.00   $ 329,366         >         8.00           N/A   

Bank

   $ 732,896         17.82   $ 329,022         >         8.00   $ 411,277         >         10.00

Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

                     

Company

   $ 683,811         16.61   $ 164,675         >         4.00           N/A   

Bank

   $ 680,680         16.55   $ 164,515         >         4.00   $ 246,772         >         6.00

Tier I Capital (to Average-Assets)

                     

Company

   $ 683,811         10.58   $ 258,530         >         4.00           N/A   

Bank

   $ 680,680         10.54   $ 258,323         >         4.00   $  322,903         >         5.00

In addition, California Banking Law limits the amount of dividends a bank can pay without obtaining prior approval from bank regulators. Under this law, the Bank could, as of December 31, 2011, declare and pay additional dividends of approximately $80.4 million.

20. FAIR VALUE INFORMATION

Fair Value Hierarchy

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

The following disclosure provides the fair value information for financial assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2011. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels (Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3).

 

   

Level 1 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

 

132


Table of Contents
   

Level 2 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

 

   

Level 3 — Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flows and similar techniques.

There were no transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 measurement during 2011 and 2010.

Determination of Fair Value

The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value.

Cash and cash equivalents— The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents is considered to approximate fair value due to the liquidity of these instruments.

Interest-bearing balances due from depository institutions — The carrying value of due from depository institutions is considered to approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these deposits.

FHLB stock — The carrying amount of FHLB stock approximates fair value, as the stock may be sold back to the FHLB at carrying value.

Investment securities held to maturity — Investment securities held to maturity are valued based upon quotes obtained from an independent third-party pricing service. The Company categorized its held to maturity investment as a level 3 valuation.

Investment securities available-for-sale — Investment securities available-for-sale are valued based upon quotes obtained from an independent third-party pricing service. The service uses evaluated pricing applications and model processes. Market inputs, such as, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data are considered as part of the evaluation. The inputs are related directly to the security being evaluated, or indirectly to a similarly situated security. Market assumptions and market data are utilized in the valuation models. Accordingly, the Company categorized its investment portfolio as a Level 2 valuation.

Loans held for sale — For loans held for sale, carrying value approximated fair value as the loans are recorded at lower of cost or carrying market value.

Non-covered Loans — The carrying amount of loans and lease finance receivables is their contractual amounts outstanding, reduced by deferred net loan origination fees and the allocable portion of the allowance for credit losses.

The fair value of loans, other than loans on nonaccrual status, was estimated by discounting the remaining contractual cash flows using the estimated current rate at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit risk characteristics and for the same remaining maturities, reduced by deferred net loan origination fees and the allocable portion of the allowance for credit losses. Accordingly, in determining the estimated current rate for discounting purposes, no adjustment has been made for any change in borrowers’ credit risks since the origination of such loans. Rather, the allocable portion of the allowance for credit losses is considered to provide for such changes in estimating fair value. As a result, this fair value is not necessarily the value which would be derived using an exit price.

Non-covered impaired loans and OREO are generally measured using the fair value of the underlying collateral, which is determined based on the most recent appraisal information received, less costs to sell. Appraised

 

133


Table of Contents

values may be adjusted based on factors such as the changes in market conditions from the time of valuation or discounted cash flows of the property. As such, these loans fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The majority of our commitments to extend credit carry current market interest rates if converted to loans. Because these commitments are generally unassignable by either the borrower or us, they only have value to the borrower and us. The estimated fair value approximates the recorded deferred fee amounts and is excluded from the table above because it is not material.

Covered Loans — Covered loans were measured at fair value on the date of acquisition. Thereafter, covered loans are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The above valuation discussion for non-covered loans is applicable to covered loans following their acquisition date.

Swaps — The fair value of the interest rate swap contracts are provided by our counterparty using a system that constructs a yield curve based on cash LIBOR rates, Eurodollar futures contracts, and 3-year through 30-year swap rates. The yield curve determines the valuations of the interest rate swaps. Accordingly, the swap is categorized as a Level 2 valuation.

Deposits & Borrowings — The amounts payable to depositors for demand, savings, and money market accounts, and the demand note to the U.S. Treasury, and short-term borrowings are considered to approximate fair value. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The fair value of long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures is estimated using the rates currently offered for borrowings of similar remaining maturities.

Accrued Interest Receivable/Payable — The amounts of accrued interest receivable on loans and lease finance receivables and investments and accrued interest payable on deposits and borrowings are considered to approximate fair value.

Assets & Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

   Carrying Value at
December 31, 2011
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Description of Assets

           

Residential mortgage-backed securities

   $ 888,000       $ —         $ 888,000       $ —     

CMO’s / REMIC’s—Residential

     604,508         —           604,508         —     

Government agency

     46,507         —           46,507         —     

Municipal bonds

     652,037         —           652,037         —     

Other securities

     10,474            10,474      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment Securities-AFS

     2,201,526         —           2,201,526         —     

Interest Rate Swaps

     20,497         —           20,497         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 2,222,023       $ —         $ 2,222,023       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Description of Liability

           

Interest Rate Swaps

   $ 20,497       $ —         $ 20,497       $ —     

 

134


Table of Contents

(Amounts in thousands)

   Carrying
Value at
December
31, 2010
     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Description of Assets

           

Residential mortgage-backed securities

   $ 808,409       $ —         $ 808,409       $ —     

CMO’s / REMIC’s—Residential

     270,477         —           270,477         —     

Government agency

     106,273         —           106,273         —     

Municipal bonds

     606,399         —           606,399         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment Securities-AFS

     1,791,558         —           1,791,558         —     

Interest Rate Swaps

     9,127         —           9,127         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 1,800,685       $ —         $ 1,800,685       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Description of Liability

           

Interest Rate Swaps

   $ 9,127       $ —         $ 9,127       $ —     

We may be required to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis that were still held in the balance sheet at year end, the following table provides the level of valuation assumptions used to determine each adjustment and the carrying value of the related assets at year end.

Assets & Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Carrying Value at
December 31, 2011
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     For the year
ended  December 31,
2011

Total Losses
 

Description of Assets

              

Investment Security-HTM

   $ 2,383       $ —         $ —         $ 2,383       $ (656

Covered loans held-for-sale

     1,404               1,404         (250

Impaired Loans-Noncovered

     30,014         —           —           30,014         (6,707

OREO-Noncovered

     4,866         —           —           4,866         (523

OREO-Covered

     2,541         —           —           2,541         (2,192
Assets & Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis   

(Dollars in thousands)

   Carrying Value at
December 31, 2010
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     For the year
ended December 31,
2010

Total Losses
 

Description of Assets

              

Investment Security-HTM

   $ 3,143       $ —         $ —         $ 3,143       $ (904

Non-covered loans held-for-sale

     1,656         —           —           1,656         (865

Impaired Loans-Noncovered

     89,676         —           —           89,676         (50,482

OREO-Noncovered

     2,462         —           —           2,462         (1,283

OREO-Covered

     2,577         —           —           2,577         (1,917

 

135


Table of Contents

The following disclosure presents estimated fair value of financial instruments. The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented below are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a current market exchange as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

 

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
 
            (Dollars in thousands)         

Assets

           

Total cash and cash equivalents

   $ 345,343       $ 345,343       $ 404,275       $ 404,275   

Interest-bearing balances due from depository institutions

     60,000         60,000         50,190         50,190   

FHLB Stock

     72,689         72,689         86,744         86,744   

Investment securities available-for-sale

     2,201,526         2,201,526         1,791,558         1,791,558   

Investment securities held-to-maturity

     2,383         2,383         3,143         3,143   

Non-covered loans held-for-sale

     348         348         2,954         2,954   

Covered loans held-for-sale

     5,664         5,664         —           —     

Total Loans, net of allowance for credit losses

     3,382,632         3,534,960         3,642,481         3,729,296   

Accrued interest receivable

     23,512         23,512         23,647         23,647   

Swaps

     20,497         20,497         9,127         9,127   

Liabilities

           

Deposits:

           

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 2,027,876       $ 2,027,876       $ 1,701,523       $ 1,701,523   

Interest-bearing

     2,576,672         2,577,825         2,817,305         2,818,390   

Demand note to U.S. Treasury

     —           —           1,917         1,917   

Borrowings

     958,032         1,012,211         1,095,578         1,128,562   

Junior subordinated debentures

     115,055         115,854         115,055         115,823   

Accrued interest payable

     3,526         3,526         4,985         4,985   

Swaps

     20,497         20,497         9,127         9,127   

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that date, and therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented above.

21. BUSINESS SEGMENTS

The Company has identified two principal reportable segments: Business Financial and Commercial Banking Centers (“Centers”) and the Treasury Department. The Company’s subsidiary bank has 42 Business Financial Centers and five Commercial Banking Centers organized in geographic regions, which are the focal points for customer sales and services. The Company utilizes an internal reporting system to measure the performance of various operating segments within the Bank which is the basis for determining the Bank’s reportable segments. The chief operating decision maker (currently our CEO) regularly reviews the financial information of these segments in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. Business Financial and Commercial Banking Centers are considered one operating segment as their products and services are similar and are sold to similar types of customers, have similar production and distribution processes, have similar economic characteristics, and have similar reporting and organizational structures. The Treasury Department’s primary focus is managing the Bank’s investments, liquidity, and interest rate risk. Information related to the Company’s remaining operating segments, which include construction lending, dairy and livestock lending, SBA lending, leasing, and centralized functions have been aggregated and included in “Other.” In

 

136


Table of Contents

addition, the Company allocates internal funds transfer pricing to the segments using a methodology that charges users of funds interest expense and credits providers of funds interest income with the net effect of this allocation being recorded in administration.

The following table represents the selected financial information for these two business segments. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America do not have an authoritative body of knowledge regarding the management accounting used in presenting segment financial information. The accounting policies for each of the business units is the same as those policies identified for the consolidated Company and identified in the summary of significant accounting policies, footnote 1. The income numbers represent the actual income and expenses of each business unit. In addition, each segment has allocated income and expenses based on management’s internal reporting system, which allows management to determine the performance of each of its business units. Loan fees, included in the Centers category are the actual loan fees paid to the Company by its customers. These fees are eliminated and deferred in the “Other” category, resulting in deferred loan fees for the consolidated financial statements. All income and expense items not directly associated with the two business segments are grouped in the “Other” category. Future changes in the Company’s management structure or reporting methodologies may result in changes in the measurement of operating segment results.

The following tables present the operating results and other key financial measures for the individual operating segments for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2011  
     Centers      Treasury     Other     Eliminations     Total  
            (Dollars in thousands)        

Interest income, including loan fees

   $ 157,376       $ 62,732      $ 49,612      $ —        $ 269,720   

Credit for funds provided (1)

     24,811         —          39,621        (64,432     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     182,187         62,732        89,233        (64,432     269,720   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

     10,411         21,258        3,370        —          35,039   

Charge for funds used (1)

     4,884         35,128        24,420        (64,432     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     15,295         56,386        27,790        (64,432     35,039   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     166,892         6,346        61,443        —          234,681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for credit losses

     —           —          7,068          7,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   $ 166,892       $ 6,346      $ 54,375      $ —        $ 227,613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating income

     21,622         (655     13,249        —          34,216   

Other operating expenses

     49,802         4,117        87,106        —          141,025   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment pretax profit (loss)

   $ 138,712       $ 1,574      ($ 19,482   $ —        $ 120,804   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment assets as of December 31, 2011

   $ 5,003,093       $ 2,650,201      $ 689,710      ($ 1,860,089   $ 6,482,915   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     For the Year Ended December 31, 2010  
     Centers      Treasury     Other     Eliminations     Total  
            (Dollars in thousands)        

Interest income, including loan fees

   $ 170,335       $ 76,651      $ 70,303      $ —        $ 317,289   

Credit for funds provided (1)

     71,752         —          28,965        (100,717     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     242,087         76,651        99,268        (100,717     317,289   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

     22,438         32,302        3,232        —          57,972   

Charge for funds used (1)

     11,743         41,484        47,490        (100,717     —     

Total interest expense

     34,181         73,786        50,722        (100,717     57,972   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     207,906         2,865        48,546        —          259,317   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for credit losses

     —           —          61,200          61,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   $ 207,906       $ 2,865      $ (12,654   $ —        $ 198,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating income

     23,204         37,997        (4,087     —          57,114   

Other operating expenses

     51,922         20,125        96,445        —          168,492   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment pretax profit (loss)

   $ 179,188       $ 20,737      $ (113,186   $ —        $ 86,739   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment assets as of December 31, 2010

   $ 4,941,548       $ 2,329,344      $ 630,451      ($ 1,464,652   $ 6,436,691   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

137


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended December 31, 2009  
     Centers      Treasury      Other     Eliminations     Total  
            (Dollars in thousands)        

Interest income, including loan fees

   $ 159,347       $ 104,778       $ 46,634      $ —        $ 310,759   

Credit for funds provided (1)

     53,759         —           23,233        (76,992     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     213,106         104,778         69,867        (76,992     310,759   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

     28,428         55,572         4,495        —          88,495   

Charge for funds used (1)

     12,559         28,077         36,356        (76,992     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     40,987         83,649         40,851        (76,992     88,495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     172,119         21,129         29,016        —          222,264   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for credit losses

     —           —           80,500          80,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   $ 172,119       $ 21,129       $ (51,484   $ —        $ 141,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating income

     19,537         28,124         33,410        —          81,071   

Other operating expenses

     47,860         5,945         79,781        —          133,586   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment pretax profit (loss)

   $ 143,796       $ 43,308       $ (97,855   $ —        $ 89,249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment assets as of December 31, 2009

   $ 4,696,134       $ 2,276,909       $ 698,351      ($ 931,625   $ 6,739,769   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Credit for funds provided and charge for funds used is eliminated in the consolidated presentation.

 

22. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Bank is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations and utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of its asset liability management strategy to help manage its interest rate risk position. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank entered into 68 interest-rate swap agreements with customers and 68 with a counterparty bank. The swaps are not designated as hedging instruments. The purpose of entering into offsetting derivatives not designated as a hedging instrument is to provide the Bank a variable-rate loan receivable and provide the customer the financial effects of a fixed-rate loan without creating volatility in the Bank’s earnings.

The structure of the swaps is as follows. The Bank enters into a swap with its customers to allow them to convert variable rate loans to fixed rate loans, and at the same time, the Bank enters into a swap with the counterparty bank to allow the Bank to pass on the interest-rate risk associated with fixed rate loans. The net effect of the transaction allows the Bank to receive interest on the loan from the customer at a variable rate based on LIBOR plus a spread. The changes in the fair value of the swaps primarily offset each other and therefore do not have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations.

As of December 31, 2011, the total notional amount of the Bank’s swaps was $188.5 million. The location of the asset and liability and the amount of gain recognized as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 are presented as follows:

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments

 

 

    

Asset Derivatives

    

Liability Derivatives

 
     

December 31, 2011

    

December 31, 2011

 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Derivatives Not Designated as

Hedging Instruments

  

Balance Sheet

Location

   Fair Value     

Balance Sheet

Location

   Fair Value  

Interest rate swaps

   Other Assets    $ 20,497       Other Liabilities    $ 20,497   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total derivatives

      $ 20,497          $ 20,497   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

138


Table of Contents

The Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings

for the three years ended December 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

Derivatives Not

Designated as Hedging

Instruments

  

Location of Gain

Recognized in Income on

Derivative

   Amount of Gain Recognized in Income on
Derivative
 
          2011      2010      2009  

Interest rate swaps

   Other income    $ 356       $ 1,045       $ 275   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 356       $ 1,045       $ 275   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

23. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

The parent company only condensed balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the related condensed statements of earnings and condensed statements of cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, are presented below:

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Assets:

     

Investment in subsidiaries

   $ 808,358       $ 752,324   

Other assets, net

     31,428         22,185   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 839,786       $ 774,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

   $ 124,972       $ 130,654   

Stockholders’ equity

     714,814         643,855   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 839,786       $ 774,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

 

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Excess in net earnings of subsidiaries

   $ 20,750      $ 25,278      $ 34,421   

Dividends from the Bank

     68,000        43,100        35,000   

Other expense, net

     (7,017     (5,443     (4,002
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

   $ 81,733      $ 62,935      $ 65,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

139


Table of Contents

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net earnings

   $ 81,733      $ 62,935      $ 65,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to cash used in by operating activities:

      

Earnings of subsidiaries

     (88,750     (68,378     (69,421

Tax settlement received from the Bank

     —          3,377        3,180   

Other operating activities, net

     (5,891     (1,389     (120
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments

     (94,641     (66,390     (66,361
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (12,908     (3,455     (942
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Dividends received from the Bank

     68,000        43,100        35,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     68,000        43,100        35,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Cash dividends on common stock

     (35,805     (36,103     (32,228

Cash dividends on preferred stock

     —          —          (4,271

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     59        1,547        280   

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

     1        425        62   

Issuance of common stock

     —          —          126,056   

Repurchase of common stock

     (12,527     (5,169     —     

Repurchase of preferred stock and warrant

     —          —          (131,307
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (48,272     (39,300     (41,408
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALIENTS

     6,820        345        (7,350

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR

     14,234        13,889        21,239   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

     21,054      $ 14,234      $ 13,889   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

140


Table of Contents

24. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following table sets forth our unaudited, quarterly results for the periods indicated:

 

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31      June 30      September 30      December 31  
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

2011

           

Net interest income

   $ 57,109       $ 62,395       $ 55,980       $ 55,197   

Provision for credit losses

     7,068         —           —           —     

Net earnings

     16,600         21,038         22,383         21,712   

Basic earnings per common share

     0.16         0.20         0.21         0.21   

Diluted earnings per common share

     0.16         0.20         0.21         0.21   

2010

           

Net interest income

   $ 73,339       $ 64,214       $ 62,615       $ 59,149   

Provision for credit losses

     12,200         11,000         25,300         12,700   

Net earnings

     16,119         19,015         17,927         9,874   

Basic earnings per common share

     0.15         0.18         0.17         0.09   

Diluted earnings per common share

     0.15         0.18         0.17         0.09   

******

 

141


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

CVB Financial Corp.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of earnings and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), CVB Financial Corp. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 29, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Los Angeles, California

February 29, 2012

 

142


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.

   
  2.1   Purchase and Assumption Agreement Whole Bank All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, receiver of San Joaquin Bank, Bakersfield, California, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Citizens Business Bank, dated as of October 16, 2009, and related addendum. (1)
  3.1   Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (2)
  3.2   Bylaws of Company, as amended (3)
  4.1   Form of Registrant’s Common Stock certificate (4)
10.1(a)   Employment Agreement by and among Christopher D. Myers, CVB Financial Corp. and Citizens Business Bank, dated September 16, 2009 †(5)
10.1(b)   Restricted Stock Agreement by and between CVB Financial Corp. and Christopher D. Myers dated June 1, 2006 †(6)
10.1(c)   Deferred Compensation Plan for Christopher D. Myers, effective January 1, 2007 †(7)
10.2   Chino Valley Bank Profit Sharing Plan, as amended †(8)
10.3   Form of Indemnification Agreement (9)
10.4   CVB Financial Corp. 2010 Executive Incentive Plan †(10)
10.5   CVB Financial Corp. 2000 Stock Option Plan †(11)
10.6(a)   CVB Financial Corp. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan †(12)
10.6(b)   CVB Financial Corp. Amendment No. 1 to the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan †(13)
10.6(c)   CVB Financial Corp. Amendment No. 2 to the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan †(14)
10.6(d)   Form of Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the 2008 Equity Compensation Plan †(15)
10.6(e)   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement pursuant to the 2008 Equity Compensation Plan †(l5)
10.7   CVB Financial Corp. Discretionary Performance Compensation Plan Summary 2011 (16)†
10.8   The Executive Non Qualified Excess Plan(SM) Plan Document effective February 21, 2007 †(7)
10.9   D. Linn Wiley Consulting Agreement dated April 16, 2008 †(17)
10.10(a)   Offer letter for Richard C. Thomas, dated November 24, 2010 †
10.10(b)   Severance Compensation Agreement for Richard C. Thomas, dated January 1, 2012 †
10.11   Severance Compensation Agreement for Edward J. Biebrich dated December 31, 2008 †(18)
10.12   Outside Directors’ Compensation †(19)
10.13(a)   Offer letter for David A. Brager, dated November 17, 2010 †
10.13(b)   Severance Compensation Agreement for David A. Brager, dated January 1, 2012 †
10.14(a)   Offer letter for James F. Dowd, dated May 16, 2008 †(3)
10.14(b)   Severance Compensation Agreement for James F. Dowd, dated January 1, 2012 †
10.15(a)   Offer letter for David C. Harvey, dated December 7, 2009 †(20)
10.15(b)   Severance Compensation Agreement for David C. Harvey, dated January 1, 2012 †

 

143


Table of Contents

12

   Statements regarding computation of ratios

21

   Subsidiaries of Company (21)

23

   Consent of KPMG LLP

31.1

   Certification of Christopher D. Myers pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2

   Certification of Richard C. Thomas pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1

   Certification of Christopher D. Myers pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.2

   Certification of Richard C. Thomas pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

**101.INS

   XBRL Instance Document

**101.SCH

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

**101.CAL

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

**101.DEF

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

**101.LAB

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

**101.PRE

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

Indicates a management contract or compensation plan.
* Except as noted below, Form 8-A12G, Form 8-K, Form 10-K and Form DEF 14A identified in the exhibit index have SEC file number 001-10140.
** Furnished, not filed.
D We have entered into the following trust preferred security issuances and agree to furnish a copy to the SEC upon request:
  (a) Indenture dated as of December 17, 2003 by and between CVB Financial Corp. and U.S. Bank, National Association, as Trustee (CVB Statutory Trust I).
  (b) Indenture dated as of December 5, 2003 by and between CVB Financial Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (CVB Statutory Trust II).
  (c) Indenture by and between CVB Financial Corp. and U.S. Bank, National Association, as Trustee, dated as of January 31, 2006 (CVB Statutory Trust III).
  (d) Indenture by and between FCB and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, acquired on June 22, 2007 (FCB Statutory Trust II)
(1) Incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 20, 2009.
(2) Incorporated herein by reference from our Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 9, 2010.
(3) Incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 27, 2009.
(4) Incorporated herein by reference from our Form 8-A12G filed with the SEC on June 11, 2001.
(5) Incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 22, 2009.
(6) Incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 7, 2006.
(7) Incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 1, 2007.
(8) Filed as Exhibits 10.3 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1990, which is incorporated herein by this reference.
(9) Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1988, which is incorporated herein by this reference.
(10) Incorporated herein by reference from Annex A to our Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on April 9, 2010.

 

144


Table of Contents
(11) Incorporated herein by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on July 12, 2000, Commission file number 333-41198.
(12) Incorporated herein by reference from our Definitive Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A filed with the SEC on April 16, 2008.
(13) Incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 22, 2009
(14) Incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 24, 2009.
(15) Incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 23, 2008.
(16) Incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 2, 2010.
(17) Incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 18, 2008.
(18) Incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 7, 2009.
(19) Incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed with the SEC on March 6, 2008.
(20) Incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 4, 2010.
(21) Incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 1, 2011.

 

 

145